| Advanced Search | |||
Subject: Type/Term: |
Grade Range: Min grade:
Max grade:
|
Time Day |
|
| Term | Start Date | Start Time | End Time | Day | Class Title | Grade Range | Open Spots | Price | Availability | Description | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Semester | Sep 14 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Mon | 3D Design & Printing for Teens (Fall) | 9th-12th | JR Bontrager | 1 | $412.00 |
Students will learn to think like inventors and designers when creating 3D! 3D design is used not only for modeling and fabricating objects but is also at the heart of many cutting-edge technologies such as AR and VR, video game design, interactive exhibits, and more. 3D printing is used in nearly all industries and design fields today from art to animation, manufacturing to medicine, and engineering to entertainment. Students will practice the artistic design process with simple sketches before diving into the software. They will be encouraged to use reference material, whether photos, a model, or even by modifying existing, public domain 3D files. Students will use an iterative printing process in which they print their project, check it for design intent, functionality, or fit, make modifications, and print again. The class will learn how to save and convert between 3D solid object files (.stl) and object files (.obj) and work with metadata fields to protect the intellectual property of their designs. To demonstrate the range and capability of 3D-printed designs, favorite student projects include D & D miniatures, cosplay props, Minecraft-designed creations, and beloved characters such as anime, baby Yoda, and Pokemon creatures. Second semester, continuing students will progress to more complex assemblies including multiple parts and parts with hinges. Second semester, some students may wish to work with alternative filaments such as TPU (rubber), metal, or magnetized filament. Because of the studio format, new students can enroll second semester. The class instructor is a design engineer with 3D Herndon and expert in 3D technologies and other areas of design and invention. A typical class will be structured with 5-10 minutes of lecture or demonstration of a new design skill, followed by 40 minutes of design "studio" time where students can receive trouble-shooting support and design tips from the instructor and have dedicated work time, and 5-10 minutes of sharing time at the end of class. As a studio class, students will work on individual projects at their own pace. Prerequisites: None What to Bring: Students will need to bring a laptop to class for design work. Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1+ hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Project criteria will be explained in class to students. Assessments: Informal, qualitative feedback will be given in class throughout the semester as the student works. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $25.00 is due payable to Compass on the first day of class for 3D printing and filament. This provides the student with 800 g of printed product per semester. Students who are prolific designers and print often will be asked to pay an additional $5.00 per 100 g or fraction thereof. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Visual Arts, Technology, or Career Exploration for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 14 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | 3D Design & Printing for Tweens (Fall) | 5th-8th | JR Bontrager | 2 | $412.00 |
Students will learn to think like inventors and designers when creating 3D! 3D design is used not only for modeling and fabricating objects but is also at the heart of many cutting-edge technologies such as AR and VR, video game design, interactive exhibits, and more. 3D printing is used in nearly all industries and design fields today from art to animation, manufacturing to medicine, and engineering to entertainment. Students will practice the artistic design process with simple sketches before diving into the software. They will be encouraged to use reference material, whether photos, a model, or even by modifying existing, public domain 3D files. Students will use an iterative printing process in which they print their project, check it for design intent, functionality, or fit, make modifications, and print again. The class will learn how to save and convert between 3D solid object files (.stl) and object files (.obj) and work with metadata fields to protect the intellectual property of their designs. To demonstrate the range and capability of 3D-printed designs, favorite student projects include D & D miniatures, cosplay props, Minecraft-designed creations, and beloved characters such as anime, baby Yoda, and Pokemon creatures. Second semester, continuing students will progress to more complex assemblies including multiple parts and parts with hinges. Second semester, some students may wish to work with alternative filaments such as TPU (rubber), metal, or magnetized filament. Because of the studio format, new students can enroll second semester. The class instructor is a design engineer with 3D Herndon and expert in 3D technologies and other areas of design and invention. A typical class will be structured with 5-10 minutes of lecture or demonstration of a new design skill, followed by 40 minutes of design "studio" time where students can receive trouble-shooting support and design tips from the instructor and have dedicated work time, and 5-10 minutes of sharing time at the end of class. As a studio class, students will work on individual projects at their own pace. Topics in this Series: As an open studio for individual projects, students may continue from one semester to the next or enroll mid-year. Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $25.00 is due payable to Compass on the first day of class for 3D printing and filament. This provides the student with 800 g of printed product per semester. Students who are prolific designers and print often will be asked to pay an additional $5.00 per 100 g or fraction thereof.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 08 | 9:00 am | 9:55 am | Tue, Thu | 5th Grade Math Mammoth- Complete Curriculum (Sem 1) | 4th-6th | Becca Sticha | 1 | $599.00 |
5th grade math is a full-year, complete math curriculum for students who have covered the 4th grade equivalent math skills (see prerequisites). This course uses the Grade 5 Math Mammoth curriculum which homeschool guru Cathy Duffy (cathyduffyreviews.com) calls "an amazingly well-developed program." She praises the program saying, "Math Mammoth has created a very high-quality product... the content is also top-notch. Some people have compared Math Mammoth with Singapore Math since both programs teach for mastery and understanding." Read more about Math Mammoth here: https://www.mathmammoth.com/complete-curriculum This class meets twice a week and is designed to be a complete program in which students receive instruction in person at Compass and complete homework on off-days at home. Parents do not have to select a curriculum or deliver the instruction, but rather are expected to ensure that assignments are being completed on time and assisting the student in checking attempted homework. Topics covered in Grade 5 Math Mammoth include: Chapter 1: The Four Operations 5th Grade Math is being offered at Compass as a full year class with 60 in-person class meetings. (28 sessions in first semster and 32 sessions in second semester- separate registration.) Attendance is very important. In the event of a missed class due to illness or travel, students may cover the missed lesson through online recorded lectures by the author available on YouTube. Prerequisites: Grade 4 Math or equivalent, with experience/familiarity in following: -Addition and subtraction Placement:To gauge if a child is ready for Grade 5 math, parents should administer the Math Mammoth end-of-4th-grade placement test. A score of 80% is recommended to place into Grade 5. Enrollment: This course is priced as a small group class with a minimum of 5 students. If 3-4 students enroll, families will be asked to pay an additional fee for the class to run with low enrollment. If 1-2 students enroll, Compass will present options for private or semi-private instruction. Assignments: Assignments will be made in class as a range of pages to complete on the topics that were taught in class. The instructor will follow up with an email repeating the assigned pages. Assessments: Each class, the instructor will check that students have completed the assigned homework. Homework will be recorded as attempted or not attempted. Parents will be provided with an answer key for homework. Students will have take-home unit tests that will be graded by the instructor. Parents may track unit test scores in order to assign their own grades and complete homeschool record-keeping. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $26.00 is due payable to Compass on the first day of class for Grade 5A, color edition worktext books. What to Bring: Students should bring a spiral notebook, pencil, and their worktext to class each week. Prerequisites: 80% min score on placement test. See description |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Acting- Detective Drama: The Computer Caper | 4th-6th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$144.00 $129.60 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Calling crooked criminals who commit creepy crimes! Convening colorful characters who corroborate clues and constables who collaborate to crack the case! Connect with a kooky cast in Detective Drama. Using materials from a commercial mystery role playing game (RPG), students will be guided through the facts of a fictitious case. Student sleuths will be follow clue cards, eclectic evidence, and phony forensics to uncover a crime. Emphasis will be on critical thinking, problem solving skills, and improvisation through the portrayal of unique characters involved in the crime. Students will be encouraged to develop a strong, compelling character, an original costume, a backstory, and of course, an alibi. Second quarter, students will aid Detective Davis, the sleuth overseeing the case of a crafty computer virus. At a large company, the cranky corporate officer accused an astute accountant of the crime. They discovered that $3 million dollars were disbursed as dubious deposits. Cleve clue-catching Compass crusaders must collaborate to crack the code and capture the cyber culprit. Topics in this Series: Missing from the Museum (Quarter 1), The Computer Caper (Quarter 2), Pocketing the Prized Jewels (Quarter 3), and Brazen Bank Robbery (Quarter 4). There is a class supply fee of $20.00 due payable to the instructor on the first day for the class RPG materials, printing, props, and investigation folders.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Acting- Kids' Theater: Mystery after Midnight | 3rd-5th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$144.00 $129.60 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Kids take to the stage as they collaboratively write and perform their very own play with unique characters and an original storyline. What happens by the light of the midnight moon? What trouble lurks in the twilight? What dangers are disguised in the dark? Students will begin with improvisational games to get to know each other and start to brainstorm about their original play. Through group activities and guided discussion, the student actors will decide on characters, conflict, and conclusion, and the story they want to tell. The script will be developed and customized for this class with input from the students. The class will learn the practical aspects of acting, as they work on script read-through, blocking, costume/prop design, and planning the show. Student actors will explore skills such as stage movement, character development, emotional expression, and observation/concentration while learning to portray their original character. Students will develop their own "actor's toolkit" of voice, body, and imagination in this creative process! Actors will grow in confidence and communication skills in preparation for a final sharing with parents on the last day of the quarter. Once the script is fully developed with everyone's parts, it will be emailed to parents. Parents will be expected to help their children memorize their script/lines/cues and assemble a simple make-at-home costume, ideally from clothing items and accessories you already own and a little creativity. Note: Students who are emerging readers (not able to read at a 3rd/4th grade level) would be better suited to the Young Actor's Playhouse class, rather than this level. Topics in this series: Camping Catastrophe (Quarter 1), Mystery After Midnight (Quarter 2), Fractured Fairy Tales (Quarter 3), and Upside-Down Universe (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Acting- Young Actor's Playhouse: Outback Odyssey | 1st-2nd | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$144.00 $129.60 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Acting is an adventure! Young actors work together to create and perform their very own play with unique characters and an original storyline. G'day mate! What happens when kind kangaroos and devilish dingoes meet in the dry desert of arid Australia? Students will begin with improvisational games to get to know each other and to begin to brainstorm about their original play. Through group activities and guided discussion, the young actors will decide on characters, conflict, and conclusion, and the story they want to tell. The script will be developed and customized for this class with input from the students. Students will work from a simple, written script, but emerging readers can be accommodated. Parents will be emailed the script after the 3rd or 4th class and will be expected to help their children memorize their lines and assemble a simple make-at-home costume, ideally from clothing items and accessories you already own and a little creativity. All actors must be at least age 6 to sign up for this class. Topics in this series: Pirate's Paradise (Quarter 1), Outback Odyssey (Quarter 2), Suddenly Small (Quarter 3), and Clown College (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 11 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Fri | Advanced Sewing: Cloaks & Boot Covers | 9th-12th | Judith Harmon | 2 | $265.00 |
Sew it begins! Whether you are a captain, crusader, or cavalier, every great character needs a dramatic silhouette. In this advanced sewing course, students will design and construct a custom cloak and coordinating boot covers while learning techniques for working with heavier fabrics, closures, and fit. For this project, students will learn accurate measuring and fitting, pattern reading and layout, flat lining patterns, cutting fabric on the grain, pressing, felling seams, sewing boning channels, interfacing and lining, edge binding, top-stitching, eyelet installation and lacing, and adding trim and embellishment. Students will be guided by instructor Judith Harmon who has a degree in costume design, creates the costumes for many local theaters, and teaches Compass sewing classes. The class is recommended for intermediate to advanced stitchers, including students who have taken her Learn to Sew classes. Students who are unfamiliar with machine sewing should schedule at least 4 hours of private sewing lessons through Compass before the start of class. Introduction to sewing will not be taught in this class. Students will also need to bring a portable sewing machine to class each week. If you are purchasing a new sewing machine for the class, a Singer Heavy Duty Sewing Machine, 4400 series, model is recommended. ($160-$180 from Amazon or Michaels). Students who are bringing a pre-owed or loaned sewing machine are expected to have the machine professionally serviced before the start of class. Students must bring bobbins, replacement needles, the foot pedal, power cord, owner's manual, and extension cord to class each week. A student who forgets his/her sewing machine or who must send their machine to the shop may rent one from the instructor for $20.00 per hour. Students should also bring a basic sewing kit. Prerequisites: Recommended for intermediate to advanced stitchers such as those who have taken the Learn to Sew class or have experience using sewing machine. Alternatively, the student must enroll in 4-hours of private sewing instruction before the start of class. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1 hour per week outside of class finishing whatever step could not be completed in class. Assignments: Will be made in class and notes/lectures will posted in the Google Classroom platform. Assessments: Informal feedback will be provided as students work. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $40.00 is due payable to the instructor for sewing patterns and additional classroom materials. Optional: Students can also elect to purchase a basic sewing kits from the instructor for $25.00. On the first day of class, after students have selected their patterns, they will be given a supply list of fabric to purchase. What to Bring: Sewing machine (recently serviced, with owner's manual foot pedal, power cord, bobbins, and replacement needles); basic hand-sewing kit. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Art, Career Exploration, or General Elective for purposes of a high school transcript
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Adventures in Art: Creatures in Color (TUE) | 3rd-4th | Kerry Diederich | 10 |
$148.00 $133.20 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Adventures in Art is an engaging, hands-on creative experience designed for growing artists! Each week, students will explore a new artist or artistic style, learn interesting background facts, study inspiring examples, and create their own artwork inspired by what they observe. Working with a wide variety of materials, students will experiment with color, pattern, texture, and design as they develop their skills and bring their creative ideas to life. Second quarter, students bring animals to life through art using a wide range of styles, colors, and techniques. Each class explores a fun new way to create, then students jump in to design their own animal artwork, from realistic creatures to bold, imaginative designs. Along the way, they experiment with color, pattern, and texture while building creativity and confidence. Featured artists include Winslow Homer, Paul Gauguin, Franz Marc, and Dean Russo. A partial list of projects this quarter includes: colorful jungle animal painting, animal in nature watercolor, expressive animal portrait, animal pattern design, habitat scene collage, mythical creature drawing, and animal silhouette at sunset painting using pencils, erasers, black markers, colored pencils, crayons, oil pastels, Topics in this series include: Stellar Celestial Subjects (Quarter 1), Creatures in Color (Quarter 2), A Tale of Two Styles (Quarter 3) and Murals, Monuments & Museums (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Year long | Sep 14 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon, Thu | Algebra I (Mon, Thu) | 7th-10th | David Chelf | 3 | $1157.00 |
This is a complete course in high school Algebra I which will cover fundamental concepts in algebra and provide a solid foundation of mathematical literacy, problem solving, reasoning, and critical thinking skills that are necessary for the exploration of more advanced and rigorous topics in mathematics. This course is designed to emphasize the study of algebraic problem-solving with the incorporation of real-world applications. Topics in Algebra I include number systems, linear systems, rational numbers, complex numbers, exponents, roots, radicals, quadratic equations, polynomials, factoring, absolute values, ratios, and proportions. In addition, the course will cover solving and graphing systems of functions, linear equations, and inequalities. Students will explore these topics through class discussions, practice problems, and open-ended problem-solving. Prerequisite: Students should have a solid foundation in pre-algebra topics in order to take this class. In addition, students should be capable of copying the sample problems and solutions worked in class on the white board to his/her own notes as examples for completing homework. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-1.5 hours per day on reading, review, and homework on most non-class days. Homework assignments will run on a 7-day cycle, with assignments posted on Thursdays and due the following Thursday. Students are advised to start homework once it is assigned (i.e., not wait until the night before it is due). Weekly homework assignments will be of a length that a student should be able to complete them in two or three at-home work sessions. Solutions will be provided for some homework problems, but students are expected to show all steps of their work. Assignments: The Canvas online class management system will be used to post assignments and scores. Students should have their own e-mail address in order to be set up as users of the Canvas system. Parents can also be set up as Canvas guests/observers for purposes of tracking the student's progress and workload. Assessments: Student progress will be assessed by: (1) The instructor checking that weekly homework sets are attempted and complete and (2) detailed grading of periodic take-home tests. Parents will be able to view accumulated points awarded in the class for the purpose of determining a parent-awarded course grade. See the instructor's webpage for detailed homework and test policy, including late work and re-work. Textbook: Textbook: Students should purchase the 2024 paperback reprint of: "Algebra I" by Paul A Foerster as sold by Veritas Press (https://store.veritaspress.com/foerster-algebra-i-student-text.html) Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a complete credit in Algebra I for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Pre-Algebra |
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 08 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue, Thu | Algebra I (Tue,Thu) | 7th-10th | Jennifer Hallworth | 2 | $1169.00 |
This is a complete course in high school Algebra I which will cover fundamental concepts in algebra and provide a solid foundation of mathematical literacy, problem solving, reasoning, and critical thinking skills that are necessary for the exploration of more advanced and rigorous topics in mathematics. This course is designed to emphasize the study of algebraic problem-solving with the incorporation of real-world applications. Topics in Algebra I include number systems, linear systems, rational numbers, complex numbers, exponents, roots, radicals, quadratic equations, polynomials, factoring, absolute values, ratios, and proportions. In addition, the course will cover solving and graphing systems of functions, linear equations, and inequalities. Students will explore these topics through class discussions, practice problems, and open-ended problem-solving. Prerequisite: Students should have a solid foundation in pre-algebra topics in order to take this class. In addition, students should be capable of copying the sample problems and solutions worked in class on the white board to his/her own notes as examples for completing homework. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-1.5 hours per day on reading, review, and homework on most non-class days. Homework assignments will run on a 7-day cycle, with assignments posted on Thursdays and due the following Thursday. Students are advised to start homework once it is assigned (i.e., not wait until the night before it is due). Weekly homework assignments will be of a length that a student should be able to complete them in two or three at-home work sessions. Solutions will be provided for some homework problems, but students are expected to show all steps of their work. Assignments: The Canvas online class management system will be used to post assignments and scores. Students should have their own e-mail address in order to be set up as users of the Canvas system. Parents can also be set up as Canvas guests/observers for purposes of tracking the student's progress and workload. Assessments: Student progress will be assessed by: (1) The instructor checking that weekly homework sets are attempted and complete and (2) detailed grading of periodic take-home tests. Parents will be able to view accumulated points awarded in the class for the purpose of determining a parent-awarded course grade. See the instructor's webpage for detailed homework and test policy, including late work and re-work. Textbook: Students should purchase the 2024 paperback reprint of: "Algebra I" by Paul A Foerster as sold by Veritas Press (https://store.veritaspress.com/foerster-algebra-i-student-text.html) Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a complete credit in Algebra I for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Pre-Algebra |
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 14 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon, Thu | Algebra II (Mon, Thu) | 8th-11th | David Chelf | 3 | $1157.00 |
This is a complete course in high school Algebra II which will cover fundamental concepts and provide a solid foundation of mathematical literacy, problem solving, reasoning, and critical thinking skills that are necessary for the exploration of more advanced and rigorous topics in mathematics. Topics in Algebra II include linear functions, systems of equations and inequalities, quadratic functions and complex numbers, exponential and logarithmic functions, rational and irrational algebraic functions, and quadratic relations and systems. In addition, this course will cover higher degree functions with complex numbers, sequences and series, probability, data analysis, and trigonometric and circular functions. Students will explore these topics through class discussions, practice problems, and open-ended problem solving. Prerequisite: Students should have a solid foundation Algebra I in order to take this class. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-1.5 hours per day on reading, review, and homework on most non-class days. Homework assignments will run on a 7-day cycle, with assignments posted on Thursdays and due the following Thursday. Students are advised to start homework once it is assigned (i.e., not wait until the night before it is due). Weekly homework assignments will be of a length that a student should be able to complete them in two or three at-home work sessions. Solutions will be provided for some homework problems, but students are expected to show all steps of their work. Assignments: The Canvas online class management system will be used to post assignments and scores. Students should have their own e-mail address in order to be set up as users of the Canvas system. Parents can also be set up as Canvas guests/observers for purposes of tracking the student's progress and workload. Assessments: Student progress will be assessed by: (1) The instructor checking that weekly homework sets are attempted and complete and (2) detailed grading of periodic take-home tests. Parents will be able to view accumulated points awarded in the class for the purpose of determining a parent-awarded course grade. See the instructor's webpage for detailed homework and test policy, including late work and re-work. Textbook: Students should purchase or rent the required textbook for this class: Algebra and Trigonometry: Functions and Applications- Prentice Hall Classics (ISBN-10 0131657100, ISBN-13 978-0131657106). A scientific calculator similar to the Casio fx-115ES PLUS is required for this class. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a complete credit in Algebra II for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Algebra I |
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 11 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | American Government: Setting Up the Great Republic | 9th-12th | Dr. Albert Thompson | 1 | $352.00 |
From John Locke and Jamestown to conflict, crisis, then Constitution, students will engage with American Government from a unique, thoughtful perspective. This course is facilitated by college professor Dr. Albert Thompson, a historian of the state, culture, and conflict who was homeschooled through high school. He uses an engaging storytelling style to encourage high school students to use "historical data to advance solutions to contemporary problems." First semester, the class will examine the founders and the establishment of a constitutional government in America. Students will consider the influence of Medieval English and British Protestant legal history in American thought. They will learn about the legacy of the wars throughout the British Empire, including the War for American Independence, on the development of the state governments and the federal system. This class will cover the Founding Fathers' vision and their framing of the US Constitution, including the economic influences. This semester covers the period in American Government from 1607-1804 with a focus on 1764-1804, including an examination of primary sources such as the Articles of Confederation, Declaration of Independence, Federalist Papers, The Constitution of the United States, and the Bill of Rights. Topics in this Series: Setting Up the Great Republic (Semester 1) and How the Republic Works Today (Semester 2). Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Prerequisites: None Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week on readings. Readings should be treated as pre-readings which students complete before class in order to engage in in-class discussion. Assignments: Reading assignments will be communicated weekly to students by email. This class will not have written assignments or projects. Assessments: The instructor will not give quizzes or provide assessments. Parents may give the textbook Review Questions and/or Critical Thinking Questions that are available for each unit for purposes of assessing their own student's understanding of major themes. The instructor will provide the answer keys. Textbook/Materials: The class will use American Government, , 3rd edition, a free, online open-source textbook from OpenStax. OpenStax is a nonprofit educational initiative based at Rice University. Contributing authors come from a variety of universities. Students may read the book online, download a Kindle version, download a pdf, or order an print copy from Amazon (ISBN-13: 978-1711493954 for $41.00). https://openstax.org/details/books/american-government-3e What to Bring: Paper or notebook; pen or pencil; assigned chapter. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in American Government or Civics for purposes of a high school transcript. (Full credit for both semesters.)
|
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 11 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Fri | AP Computer Science Principles | 9th-12th | Mercedes Wolverton | 1 | $422.00 |
Wish you could learn how apps, data, the internet, and technology shape the world-but don't know where to start? AP Computer Science Principles introduces students to the broad and creative field of computer science, asking powerful questions like: "How do computers solve problems?" and "How does technology impact our lives?" It explores how data is used to make decisions, how the internet connects the world, and how computing influences everything from communication to culture. It examines topics like how information is stored and shared, how programs are designed, and how technology can both help and challenge society. AP Computer Science Principles is a year-long, college-level course that provides a wide-ranging introduction to computing. Students will learn how to design and evaluate programs, develop algorithms, and use abstraction to manage complexity. The course emphasizes collaboration, creativity, and problem solving, as students create original programs and analyze how computing systems work. Students will also explore how data is collected and used, how computer networks function, and how computing innovations affect society, including issues such as bias, privacy, and the digital divide. Five major areas from the College Board's AP Computer Science Principles framework are covered: (1) creative development; (2) data; (3) algorithms and programming; (4) computer systems and networks; and (5) the impact of computing. The AP Computer Science Princples exam fee (May 2027) is not included in tuition. Families are responsible for registering and paying for their student's AP exam at their local public high school by the end of October 2026. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours on homework outside of class. Assignments: All assignments will be posted on a Google Classroom site. There, students access assignments, upload homework, take automated quizzes and tests, track grades, view scores and narrative feedback, and message instructor and classmates. Parents may be set up as "observers" on the account to view assignments, scores, and other feedback. Assessments: Completed homework, projects, presentations, quizzes, tests, and class participation are graded and receive points and other feedback from the instructor. Parents can calculate a letter grade using the student's points earned divided by points available; the instructor has programmed an automatic gradebook that does this in Canvas, based on a scale derived from several area high schools. Textbook/Materials: Students will use the Ozaria platform to learn to code Python. They will need to purchase an access code for a student license through the teacher for $50.00. Non-Meeting Days: This is a 24-week class. In addition to the scheduled days-off on the published Compass schedule, this class will not meet on 12/18/26 , 3/12/27, 5/14/27, 5/21/27, plus one fall date TBD and one spring date TBD. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in technology/career elective for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 14 | 11:00 am | 12:55 pm | Mon | AP Drawing | 11th-12th | Pete Van Riper | 1 | $1085.00 |
Note: AP Drawing students meet concurrently with AP 2D Art & Design students. AP Drawing is intended to the the second AP course after a student has completed AP 2D Art & Design. Make your mark and earn college credit through the art of drawing. Over the school year, student artists will investigate, practice, experiment, and refine their drawing skills while creating a cohesive body of work for portfolio submission. Students will be guided by a Compass art instructor, Pete Van Riper, who is also an adjunct art professor at Northern Virginia Community College and a reviewer for AP art portfolios. The focus of AP Drawing is on (1) developing a sustained investigation through drawing, (2) demonstrating drawing skills and processes, and (3) communicating ideas visually. Students engage in inquiry, practice, experimentation, revision, communication, and reflection as they explore how marks, lines, shapes, tones, and textures can be used to convey meaning. Student artists will create a portfolio that emphasizes drawing as a process of mark-making and composition. This includes works that demonstrate the elements of art and principles of design such as line, shape, form, space, texture, value, contrast, movement, proportion, balance, emphasis, and unity. Students will document their artistic decisions, materials, and processes, and maintain a sketchbook or journal to record ideas, influences, and ongoing reflection. In class, students will work with traditional drawing media such as graphite, charcoal, ink, and conte. Additional approaches may be explored when they support drawing as a process of mark-making, including mixed media and digital methods that emphasize line, value, texture, and composition. Like other college-level courses, work outside of class is expected. Portfolio pieces may include observational, experimental, and imaginative works, and can incorporate a range of approaches such as figure drawing, abstraction, mixed media, and digitally informed "mark-making." Students will consider how to use drawing to develop and communicate personal ideas and sustained investigations. The College Board has no preferred or unacceptable content or style, but all work must be entirely the student's original creation. Submissions may incorporate pre-existing photographs or others' images provided proper attribution and citations are given and the use reflects an extension of the student's vision and not just duplication or copy work. AI generated designs are strictly prohibited from portfolio submissions, but original, digitally created art is welcome. Students' portfolio submissions for the AP program must include two sections (1) "Sustained Investigation" which includes 15 images of the purposeful evolution of a work or works through concept sketches, practice, experimentation, and revisions, and (2) "Selected Works" which includes images of 5 completed pieces. All portfolio works will be submitted as digital images (scans or photographs) of the student's original pieces, and all images must be accompanied by a written discussion of the materials and processes used. The class will examine images of others' art, and students will be asked to visit at least two art museums or art exhibits. They will practice giving and receiving construction formal and informal critiques through the observation, analysis, discussion, and evaluation of their own work and that of other artists to hone the AP-required skill of communication about 2D art. Levels This course is only offered at the AP level, but enrollment does not obligate a student to submit a portfolio for AP review. Workload: Student artists should plan 2-4 hours per week outside of class on their pieces, concept drawings, practice sketches, etc. Assignments: All assignments will be communicated to students via email. Assessments: Qualitative feedback will be given weekly in class. The principal assessment in this course is the AP score earned. Textbooks: The instructor will furnish art and design books for students to browse in class and borrow. Supply Fee: A supply fee of $60.00 is due payable to the instructor for shared, in-class basics consisting of: pencils, charcoal, conte a Paris, acrylic paints, brushes, sketch journal, and canvas boards. The instructor will furnish a list of recommended supplies for alternative or premium materials that students may want to incorporate use such as watercolor or colored markers. About AP: "AP" is a trademark of the College Board, which owns and designs the course outline and "audits" (i.e. approves) high school instructors who employ their expertise and creativity to deliver the college freshman-level content. The College Board's summary of the AP Drawing program can be read HERE, and the instructor AP Course Audit Approval form can be viewed HERE. AP Fees: The fee for the College Board's AP Drawing portfolio in May 2027 is not included. Each family is responsible for scheduling and paying for their student's AP registration. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in Fine Arts for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Aquatic Biology: Rivers & Streams | 5th-6th | Osk Huneycutt | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
More than 70% of the Earth's surface is water! Understanding the planet's oceans and freshwater systems is critical to understanding life on our planet- from beginnings in the seas to the water cycle that supports ongoing life. The study of aquatic and marine biology provides a basis for understanding much of the chemistry, physics, biology, and meteorology on our planet. Budding marine biologists will travel inland to learn about freshwater systems like lakes and ponds, rivers and streams before returning to the coast to study marshes and estuaries followed by extreme marine environments. The focus will be on hands-on, dynamic learning, and students will engage in several demonstrations and experiments in each class. Second quarter, students will learn the basics of Riparian Biology, the study of aquatic life in rivers and streams. The class will discuss differences in water flow, sedimentation, and hydrodynamics that are used to classify riparian habitats and will learn about the characteristic assemblages of organisms that occur in different flow regimes. Students will compare various major river systems around the world and study the diversity of riverine biomes and organisms. Topics in this Series: Lakes and Ponds (Quarter 1); Rivers and Streams (Quarter 2); Marshes and Estuaries (Quarter 3); and Extreme Marine (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $20.00 is due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Art in Action: Watercolor Wonders (TUE) | 5th-6th | Kerry Diederich | 10 |
$148.00 $133.20 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Art in Action is a dynamic, hands-on program designed to expand students' artistic skills and creative thinking. Each week, students will study a different artist or artistic movement, explore key concepts and techniques, and analyze examples of notable works before creating their own original pieces inspired by what they have learned. Using a variety of media, students will refine their understanding of color, composition, texture, and design while developing greater confidence and independence in their artistic expression. Second quarter, students explore the art of watercolor, learning how to control the flow of paint while experimenting with blending, layering, and transparency. Through guided projects, they develop observation skills and discover how light, shadow, and careful technique can bring their work to life. Featured artists include J.M.W. Turner, Georgia O'Keeffe, and Winslow Homer. A partial list of projects this quarter includes: watercolor techniques sampler, nature study painting, sky & atmosphere study, still life painting, resist art, landscape layers, watercolor texture experiments, and illustrated poetry painting using watercolor paints (pan and liquid), watercolor paper (various weights), brushes Topics in this series include: Abstract Adventures (Quarter 1), Watercolor Wonders (Quarter 2), Global Gallery (Quarter 3), and Fantasy & Fiction- Harry Potter Inspired Art (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Year long | Sep 11 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Fri | ASL II | 9th-12th | Erin Green | 7 | $673.00 |
Students of ASL will continue to improve their fluency in this 2nd year course. As students become more advanced signers, emphasis will be on focusing on the meaning of a conversation (whole) rather than individual signs (parts). In conversation, students will learn to confirm information by asking questions in context. Second year students will continue to build their vocabulary, apply ASL grammar, and will learn to make requests, ask for advice, give opinions, make comparisons and use superlatives, and narrate stories. Other skills covered in ASL II include expressing year, phone numbers, time, and currency in numbers, appearance, clothing, giving directions, locations, etc. Each unit will include presentations and readings on Deaf culture and Deaf history. Class time will be dedicated to interactive ASL activities and signing practice. This course will focus on Units 4-6 of the TRUE+WAY ASL curriculum, building on foundational skills and supporting continued development of conversational ASL in a structured, interactive environment. ASL students will have a Deaf instructor. She regularly teaches all-hearing classes and is an excellent role model for students to meet and interact with a native speaker of ASL and to learn natural facial expressions, gestures, and body language used in Deaf communications. ASL students will have more confidence when they encounter Deaf instructors in college or greet speakers of ASL in social settings. Because the instructor is Deaf, students are not permitted to Hundreds of colleges and universities, including all public institutions of higher learning in Virginia, accept ASL as a distinct foreign language. This allows hearing and Deaf students to fulfill foreign language requirements for admission to college. Teens who have difficulty writing, spelling, or have challenging pronunciation in English, can be successful with ASL as a second or foreign language choice. Penn State University research demonstrated that the visual and Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours each week outside of class on vocabulary exercises, readings, and signing practice. Assignments: Homework assignments will be posted online in the Canvas digital classroom platform. Through Canvas, students will be asked to post short videos of themselves signing as homework. Enrolled students will be asked to review ASL 1 vocabulary, grammar, and facial expressions. Assessments: The instructor will assign points using a class rubric for the parent's use in assigning a course grade. Course rubrics will evaluate students on their sign production, fingerspelling, ASL grammar, facial expressions including "above the nose" grammar (brows and body movement), and "below the nose" modifiers (lip expressions). Textbook/Supply Fee: There is a supply fee of $45.00 payable to the online publisher for the digital access code for the interactive e-textbook, TRUE+WAY ASL for 3 units. With their subscription, students may also access a free searchable, bilingual ASL and English dictionary called What's the Sign? Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in World Languages for purposes of a high school transcript. This is a 29-week class, with a non-meeting day of 4/23/2027. Prerequisites: ASL I |
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 11 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Fri | ASL III | 10th-12th | Erin Green | 3 | $808.00 |
Students of ASL will continue to improve their fluency in this 3rd year course. As students become more advanced signers, emphasis will be on focusing on the meaning of a conversation (whole) and storytelling rather than individual signs (parts) or phrases. In conversation, students will learn to confirm information by asking questions in context. Third year students will continue to build their vocabulary, apply ASL grammar, and will learn to describe places, give directions, give opinions about others, discuss plans and goals, ask for advice, give opinions, make comparisons and use superlatives, and narrate stories. Other skills covered in ASL III include expressing year, phone numbers, time, and currency in numbers, giving directions, locations, etc. Each unit will include presentations and readings on Deaf culture and Deaf history. Class time will be dedicated to interactive ASL activities and signing practice. This course will focus on Units 7-9 of the TRUE + WAY ASL curriculum, emphasizing expanded communication skills, storytelling, and more advanced ASL concepts in an immersive, interactive setting. ASL students will have a Deaf instructor. She regularly teaches all-hearing classes and is an excellent role model for students to meet and interact with a native speaker of ASL and to lean natural facial expressions, gestures, and body language used in Deaf communications. ASL students will have more confidence when they encounter Deaf instructors in college or greet speakers of ASL in social settings. Because the instructor is Deaf, students are not permitted to Hundreds of colleges and universities, including all public institutions of higher learning in Virginia, accept ASL as a distinct foreign language. This allows hearing and Deaf students to fulfill foreign language requirements for admission to college. Teens who have difficulty writing, spelling, or have challenging pronunciation in English, can be successful with ASL as a second or foreign language choice. Penn State University research demonstrated that the visual and Prerequisite: ASL II students who wish to enroll in ASL III must pass a proficiency exam and receive instructor approval. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours each week outside of class on vocabulary lessons, , readings, and signing practice. Assignments: Homework assignments will be posted online in the Canvas digital classroom platform. Through Canvas, students will be asked to post short videos of themselves signing as homework. Enrolled students will be asked to review ASL 1 and 2 vocabulary, grammar, and facial expressions. Assessments: The instructor will assign points using a class rubric for the parent's use in assigning a course grade. Course rubrics will evaluate students on their sign production, fingerspelling, ASL grammar, facial expressions including "above the nose" grammar (brows and body movement), and "below the nose" modifiers (lip expressions). Textbook/Supply Fee: There is a supply fee of $45.00 payable to the online publisher for the digital access code for the interactive e-textbook, TRUE+WAY ASL for 3 units. With their subscription, students may also access a free searchable, bilingual ASL & English dictionary, called What's the Sign? Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in World Languages for purposes of a high school transcript. This is a 29-week class, with a non-meeting day of 4/23/2027. Prerequisites: ASL II |
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 14 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | Astronomy: The Solar System & Search for Other Worlds | 7th-8th | Sandy Preaux | 2 | $289.00 |
Did you know that a single image from the James Webb Space Telescope can contain thousands of galaxies, each with billions of stars, and that some of that light has traveled for over 13 billion years to reach us? Or that scientists can detect distant planets by measuring a tiny flicker of starlight? Space is vast, dynamic, and measurable. In this course, students will explore the universe from our solar system to deep space, using the tools and methods of modern astronomers. Through hands-on investigations, models, and simulations, students will discover how we know what we know about a universe we cannot touch and begin to think like scientists exploring the final frontier. First semester focuses on the mechanics of our cosmic neighborhood and the methods scientists use to explore it and discover new worlds beyond. Students will begin by learning how scientific thinking works- distinguishing observation from inference and applying the scientific method to solve mysteries. They will investigate the tools of astronomy, from early observations to modern imaging, and develop a sense of cosmic scale through hands-on models of distance, mass, and motion. As the semester progresses, students will explore how planets form, compare terrestrial and gas giant planets, and examine the forces that shape them, including impacts, tectonics, atmospheres, and magnetic fields. Interactive labs- such as cratering experiments, density models, and planetary simulations- bring these concepts to life. Students will also explore moons, small bodies like comets and asteroids, and the methods used to detect exoplanets, including the transit method. The semester culminates in a "Solar System Tour Guide" project and an introduction to astrobiology, challenging students to consider where life might exist beyond Earth.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Backyard Beekeeping: Busy as a Bee | 3rd-Adult | Shea Megale | 12 |
$177.00 $159.30 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Bee-come a beginner beekeeper! This series introduces students to the fascinating world of honeybees, exploring their behavior, life cycle, and vital role in our ecosystem. Students will discover how a hive functions as a highly organized community and learn about the remarkable process by which bees transform nectar into honey, a natural sweetener prized for thousands of years. Second quarter, learn the do's and don'ts of hive inspection, why bees swarm and how to manage it, and how to combat the archnemesis of honeybees- the varroamite! After a lively lecture, and under expert supervision, students will construct their very own hive equipment suitable for use in their own wooden apiary using hand tools! To top it off, they will even get elbow-deep in making food for the bees to survive the winter! Note: Since beekeeping can be a family affair, this is a family style class. Students of all ages and parents may enroll. Children under age 8 must have a parent registered with them. There is a $25.00 material fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series: Dive Into the Hive (Quarter 1), Busy as a Bee (Quarter 2), Hello Honey (Quarter 3), and Sweet as Honey (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Baker's Batch: Easy as Pie (TUE) | 7th-8th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$189.00 $170.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Butter, batter, and bold bakes. Step into the rhythm of real baking as students build skill and confidence in the kitchen. In Baker's Batch, students mix, measure, and master the techniques behind favorite desserts while learning to think like true bakers. Each week, they create a fresh batch of treats such as cakes, pies, cookies, bars, breads, and pastries, sharpening skills like precision measuring, timing, and presentation. From first mix to final bite, this class is all about consistency, creativity, and leveling up in the kitchen. This quarter, the Compass bakers' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. This engaging sweets class will get students excited about helping in the kitchen and entertaining. They will learn important baking skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary is introduced each week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Piece of Cake (Quarter 1); Easy as Pie (Quarter 2), Chocolate Works (Quarter 3), and Dessert First (Quarter 4). Assessments: Qualitative Feedback will be given in class. Formal grades/assessment will not be given. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Bring: None- Disposable aprons and take-home containers provided. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 14 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | Band- Advanced Beginner (Sem 1) | 5th-12th | Ben Stern | 4 | $362.00 |
Turn up the tempo and take your musical skills to the next level! Advanced Beginner Band helps students strengthen technique, improve music-reading fluency, and tackle more challenging selections within Compass's comprehensive, multi-level homeschool band program. Students in Advanced Beginner Band will meet and play together to continue to develop their skills on their selected instruments. To be considered for this level, students must have the following competencies on their chosen percussion, woodwind, or brass instrument:
Advanced beginner band students are expected to practice 15 minutes per day, 5 times per week. Parents will be asked to sign a weekly practice log, and students completing their target 75 minutes per week will earn small weekly incentives. Students will need to rent or purchase an instrument and accessories. See the band instrument webpage. There is a $26.00 (wind instruments) or $32.00 (percussion) supply fee due payable to Compass on/before the start of class for the Level 2 instrument-specific music book. Prerequisites: See description |
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 14 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | Band- Beginner (Sem 1) | 5th-12th | Ben Stern | 2 | $362.00 |
Start on the right note and discover the excitement of making music with others! Beginner Band introduces students to the fundamentals of playing, reading music, following a conductor, and performing with others within Compass's comprehensive, multi-level homeschool band program. Beginning band students will learn how to hold their instruments with proper posture and hand position and correct embouchure (mouth position and blowing technique) for the instrument. They will receive instruction on the parts of their instruments and how to safely, correctly, and independently assemble and clean them. Students will learn the fundamentals of music reading and practice simple songs as a group. Students in beginner band may select from one of the following band instruments. Most instruments are appropriate for all ages, but a few are recommended for grades 7th and up due to the weight of the instrument or distance of the fingering: Woodwind:
Brass:
Percussion:
Beginning band students are expected to practice 10 minutes per day, 5 times per week. Parents will be asked to sign a weekly practice log, and students completing their target 50 minutes per week will earn small weekly incentives. Students will need to rent or purchase an instrument and accessories. See the band instrument webpage. There is a $30.00 supply fee due payable to Compass on/before the start of class for the Level I instrument-specific music book.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 14 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Band- Intermediate (Sem 1) | 5th-12th | Ben Stern | 1 | $362.00 |
Find your rhythm, refine your sound, and rise to the challenge of a performing ensemble! Intermediate Band is designed for experienced student musicians ready to develop greater independence, musical expression, and polished ensemble skills within Compass's comprehensive, multi-level homeschool band program. Intermediate Band is designed for students who are ready to play more complex music, strengthen their technique, and develop greater confidence performing as a group. Students will rehearse several selections in preparation for a spring band event, such as a theme park performance, community park program, or public venue. To be considered for this level, students must have the following competencies on their chosen percussion, woodwind, or brass instrument:
Intermediate band students are expected to practice 20 minutes per day, 5 times per week. Parents will be asked to sign a weekly practice log, and students completing their target 100 minutes per week will earn small incentives. It is highly recommended that students additionally take private weekly lessons to develop techniques and nuances specific to their individual instrument. There is a $15.00 supply fee due payable to Compass on/before the start of class for the for sheet music. Prerequisites: See description |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Battle Strategies & Dioramas: WWII- Guadalcanal (TUE) | 6th-8th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$192.00 $172.80 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Take command of the battlefield as you design and deploy your own 3D military diorama. After early defeats across the Pacific, the United States halted Japanese expansion at Midway and carried the fight to Guadalcanal in the Solomon Islands. What followed was a grueling campaign on land and sea, where control of a single airfield could determine the fate of the entire region. This class examines the brutal island fighting and the repeated naval battles at Iron Bottom Sound that marked the beginning of the Allied offensive. Using artistic model-making techniques, hand tools, and historical maps, students will each form a 10" X 14" shaped, foam diorama with landscape elements (hills, valleys, rivers, ridges, vegetation, airfields, etc) to represent a scene of a famous historical engagement. Students will each receive scale miniature naval ships to populate their scene. Once individual projects are constructed, students will combine their dioramas alongside those of their classmates to approximate the larger battlefield terrain. Students will spend the remainder of the quarter learning about the tactics and outcomes of the military engagement while playing a table-top strategy game. Student strategists will use a simplified version of the Axis and Allies gaming rule system for moving troops and equipment. Along with their classmates, students will see how this battle progressed and test different outcome scenarios that might have occurred with different battlefield choices. The instructor will use maps and visual presentations to explain the historical background and circumstances leading up to the specific battle. Course documents, such as period maps, game rules and all other instructional media will be available via a Google Drive link which will be emailed to parents. There is a $25.00 materials fee payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Topics in this year's series include: Pearl Harbor (Quarter 1), Guadalcanal (Quarter 2), D-Day (Quarter 3), and Battle of the Bulge (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Beginner 'Bots: Wings and Things (TUE) | 3rd-4th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$184.00 $165.60 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Discover the world of robotics using kids' favorite, interlocking building bricks! Students will build and program 3-4 different whimsical, mechanized projects each quarter using the WeDo 2.0 robotics system by LEGO Education. Second quarter, students will build, program, and model fun and fantasy flying fliers wonders such as a helicopter, plane, a mythical bird, and a winged dragon. Their robots will be built using special-shaped LEGO components from the WeDo Educational set, motors, motion sensors, tilt sensors and a programmable, Bluetooth control unit ("brain"). Student will use classroom tablets to program the control units using an intuitive drag-and-drop coding modules. Prior experience with LEGO or coding is not required. All equipment is furnished. Topics in this Series: Under the Sea (Quarter 1), Wings and Things (Quarter 2); Perfect Pets (Quarter 3), and Reptiles Robots (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Year long | Sep 11 | 9:30 am | 10:55 am | Fri | Biology- Lab (Honors or On-Level) | 10th-12th | Tia Murchie-Beyma | 2 | $1099.00 |
This full-year lab science course introduces classic biology topics updated for the 21st century. Biology studies living things and their relationships from microscopic to massive, ancient to modern, arctic to tropic. Our survey includes: (1) cellular and molecular biology, (2) ecology, (3) genetics, (4) biology of organisms (with selected human health and anatomy topics), and (5) evolution and diversity. You will observe microscopic organisms and give monarch butterflies a health exam before tagging them for their 2,800 mile migration to Mexico. You will extract DNA, model its processes, and learn how scientists manipulate this magnificent molecule to make mice glow. You will observe animal behavior, test your heart rate, and practice identifying and debunking pseudo-science. By the end of the course, students will be able to explain the nature of science as a system of knowing; cite evidence for foundational theories of modern biology; explain basic biological processes and functions; describe structures and relationships in living systems; outline systems of information, energy, and resources; demonstrate valid experimental design; discern ethical standards; relate their values and scientific ideas to decision-making; and apply biology knowledge to their own health. Students are responsible for pre-reading and reviewing new material such as readings from the textbook and additional popular and scholarly sources, videos, and animations PRIOR to class meetings. In-person sessions focus on active discussion, clarification, exploration of content, review, modeling, and hands-on activities. Labs address not only technical skills and sequential operations, but also forming testable predictions, collecting data, applying math, drawing conclusions, and presenting findings. Hands-on dissection, always optional, is taught with preserved crayfish and fetal pigs. Sensitive issues: human reproduction is not taught separately, but mentioned as students learn about other, related topics such as sperm, eggs, stem cells, genetic disease, hormones, fetal development, breast-feeding, adolescence, and HIV. While there may be some debate-style discussion of topics such as GMO, abortion will not be debated. Birth control and sex education are not covered, but distinctions between gender and biological sex are discussed in detail in the genetics unit. Evolution is embedded in every topic, from molecular to ecological, inseparably from other content. It is addressed in a scientific context, not from a faith standpoint. Levels: The course provides a substantive, full-credit experience on either an Honors or On-Level track. All class members share core material and participate in the same labs. Honors has longer or additional readings, more analytical work, and more thorough and difficult assessments. Brief, required summer assignments are due in August for those who elect to take Honors. Students register online for the same course, but must indicate which level they wish to study via e-mail by August 15. Students may move down a level (from Honors to On-Level) at any time. Prerequisites: It is recommended that students are concurrently enrolled in Algebra or a higher-level math and have successfully completed a full-year science course prior to taking biology. Students should also be very strong, independent readers and able to understand graphs, tables, percentages, decimals, ratios, and averages. Class Meetings: This class will be taught in a Hybrid format with an online lecture on Mondays (9:00 am - 9:55 am) over a live, online platform and in-person lab and activities on Fridays (9:30 am - 10:55 am). Registration for the Lab section will automatically enroll the student in the Lecture section. Workload: All students should expect to spend 4-6 hours outside of class reading and preparing homework. Homework includes term cards, brief written responses, weekly online quizzes, unit tests, occasional lab reports, and some creative assignments including sketching. Students will sometimes prepare short, in-class presentations, participate in group projects, run simulations, or conduct simple experiments at home. Assignments: All assignments will be posted on password-protected Canvas classroom management site. There, students access assignments; upload homework, take automated quizzes and tests; track grades; message instructor and classmates; and attend virtual conferences. Assessments: Completed homework, projects, quizzes, and tests receive points and narrative feedback. Parents can calculate a letter grade using the student's points earned divided by points available, in weighted categories that include assignments, reading quizzes, tests, and participation and presentations. Parents may view all scoring and comments at any time through the Canvas site. Textbook/Materials: Students must purchase or rent the textbook Biology Now: Third High School Edition (2022) published by WW Norton. A 360-day digital license directly from the publisher costs $53.00 HERE (ISBN: 978-0-393-54247-9) or $130 when bundled with a hardcover text (ISBN 978-0-393-54010-9). Used books may be available from past year's students. Core textbook readings are supplemented by the instructor with updated information drawn from sources such as peer-reviewed science journals, popular science publications, and podcasts. Lab/Supply Fee: A lab fee of $130 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Supplies/Equipment: Students will need access to a computer/internet, compound microscope with 400X magnification and cool lighting, splash goggles, water-resistant/acid-resistant lab apron, kitchen or postal scale, 3-ring binder, approximately 400- 3"x5" index cards; and plain, lined, and graph paper. Some of these supplies are used at home. Weekly "Read Me First" web pages and class announcements on Canvas tell students what items to bring to class. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in Lab Science for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Recommended: Concurrent enrollment in Algebra I and completion of a prior year-long science course |
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 14 | 9:00 am | 9:55 am | Mon | Biology- Lecture (Honors or On-Level) **ONLINE** | 10th-12th | Tia Murchie-Beyma | 1 | $0.00 |
This is a place-holder for the Biology lecture. Students should register for the Biology Lab, which will automatically enroll them in both sections. A physical meeting room will be designated for on-campus students who have classes immediately before or after this virtual session. Prerequisites: Recommended concurrent enrollment in Algebra I and prior completion of year-long science |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Biome Builders- Marshlands | 3rd-5th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$192.00 $172.80 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
The best way to understand a biome is to build (a model) one! A biome is a large zone on Earth characterized by its climate, soil, vegetation, and organisms with special adaptations for the unique environment. In modeling biomes, students will learn how they are different than similar ecological concepts like habitats and ecosystems. Students will discover how human activities, such as deforestation and habitat destruction, are transforming biomes. In this science-themed diorama class, students will be exposed to concepts such as trophic levels, the water cycle, biological competition, geographic isolation, convergent evolution, species diversification, natural vs unnatural climate change, food webs, habitat loss, and ecological niches, while they are working on their models. Marshlands are dynamic ecosystems found along the edges of lakes, rivers, and coastlines. They are distinguished by their waterlogged soils, which support the growth of diverse, soft-stemmed vegetation such as grasses, rushes, and reeds. These plants play a critical role in stabilizing the shore, filtering water, and providing habitat and food sources for a diverse population of birds, amphibians, insects, and small mammals. Each student will create an individual diorama. Students will craft and hand-shape their scene on a 10 x 14 inch foam board using artistic, model-making techniques. They will customize their dioramas with landforms, waterways, plant life, and paint. Once individual projects are constructed, students will populate them with miniature figures and combine their dioramas alongside those of their classmates to create a larger terrain. Students will then compete in a zoology-based survival strategy game. Each student will create one board and receive a set of miniatures to take home with them. Course documents such as maps, game rules and all other instructional media will be available via a Google Drive link which will be emailed to parents. There is a $25.00 materials fee payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Mangrove Swamps (Quarter 1), Marshlands (Quarter 2), Coral Reefs (Quarter 3) and Deep Sea Trenches (Quarter 4). Prerequisites: Minimum age 8 |
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Tue | Build Zone! Construction Lab (TUE, Q2) | 2nd-6th | Compass Homeschool Program | 8 |
$105.00 $94.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Enter the BuildZone and step into a world of endless possibilities, where over 10,000 building components are at your fingertips! From Keva Planks to K'Nex, Magnatiles to Marble Runs, Tubelox, Chaos Tower, and Pipe Builders-this is the ultimate mash-up of all things construction. Here, you're the architect, the engineer, the mastermind. Stack it, snap it, connect it- then remix it! What happens when you combine pieces from totally different sets? You get taller towers, stronger structures, and mind-blowing mega builds! Build solo masterpieces or team up for cool collaborations. Every session is a chance to dream big, build bigger, and let your imagination break all the rules. This is a hands-on afternoon lab intended to provide opportunities for kids to socialize and tap into their creative energy in a relaxed club setting. No formal curriculum or lessons are provided. This is a supervised free-build session. All participants are expected to help pick up and to follow all Compass rules on indoor behavior including respecting materials, supplies, and furnishings. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 11 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | Century of American Music: 1920s-1960s | 9th-12th | Ney Mello | 3 | $354.00 |
If you like to "Turn Up the Music" (Chris Brown, 2012), "Play That Funky Music" (Wild Cherry, 1976), or "Dance to The Music" (Sly and The Family Stone, 1967), then you know that there is an impressive variety of American music. America is the birthplace of some of the most influential genres of music and musicians in the world. Much of the world's modern music has roots in American blues, jazz, or rock, while American music has elements from West Africa, the West Indies, and diverse communities such as New Orleans, Detroit, Memphis, St. Louis, Nashville, Seattle, San Francisco, Los Angeles, and the Bronx. American music has influenced behavior and culture such as dance, entertainment, fashion, technology, popular opinion, lexicon, marketing, and more. This is a focused class in music appreciation for students who enjoy listening to or playing music. The class will evaluate a century of American music by listening to and discussing influential performers, writers, and producers. Students will learn to identify music elements unique to each genre- melody, rhythm, harmony- and will develop a musical vocabulary to help them think and talk about musical works. They will also explore innovations in instruments and technologies that evolved with the music, such as drums being placed in a "set" at the advent of jazz music, the rise of electric instruments, and electronic production/mixing. First semester will explore music from the 1920s to the 1960s encompassing the genres of blues, ragtime, jazz, boogie-woogie, swing, soul, rhythm and blues, rock-and-roll, Motown, pop, funk, disco. Featured artists will include Louis Armstrong, Miles Davis, Marvin Gaye, Chuck Berry, Elvis, James Brown, Bob Dylan, Joni Mitchell, Simon and Garfunkel, Fleetwood Mack, Robert Johnson, Scott Joplin, John McLaughlin, and many others. Find out why the Rolling Stones and the Beatles claim they were influenced by Little Richard, and why the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame described Jimi Hendrix as "arguably the greatest instrumentalist in the history of rock music." Like other fine arts classes, music appreciation is a fun break from academics which enriches and engages students in a topic they enjoy. Genres that will not be highlighted in this course include gospel, folk, country, western, tejano, reggae, zydeco, or salsa. Topics in this Series: 1920-1960s (Semester 1), 1970s-2020s (Semester 2), etc.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 4 | Mar 20 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Compass Kids' Chorus: All About 'Annie' | 3rd-5th | Alina Kirshon-Goldman | 8 | $204.00 |
Closed
|
Everyone can learn to sing! This quarter, children will sing well-known scores from the beloved Broadway musical featuring the aspirations and antics of orphan Annie. The group will learn classics like "Its the Hard Knock Life", "Tomorrow", and "Little Girls." The quarter's repertoire will include at least one group choral number. Students will work on other music as solos, duets, or small group numbers. This introduction to vocal development and performance includes posture, breathing, intonation, and the principles of blending vocal harmonies. Basic musical notation will be introduced as well as melodic and harmonic intervals. No previous musical experience is required- just the joy of singing! Singers will be expected to memorize pieces and participate in a showcase for parents at the end of the quarter. There is a $25.00 fee for sheet music due payable to Compass on the first day of class.
|
0 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Compass Kids' Chorus: Classic Chorals | 3rd-5th | Dr. Alina Kirshon-Goldman | 10 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Everyone can learn to sing! This quarter, children will sing classics that shine such as "Somewhere Over the Rainbow" from The Wizard of Oz, The quarter's repertoire will include at least one group choral number. Students will work on other music as solos, duets, or small group numbers. This introduction to vocal development and performance includes posture, breathing, intonation, and the principles of blending vocal harmonies. Basic musical notation will be introduced as well as melodic and harmonic intervals. No previous musical experience is required- just the joy of singing! Singers will be expected to memorize pieces and participate in a showcase for parents at the end of the quarter. Topics in this series include: Broadway Beats (Quarter 1), Classic Chorals (Quarter 2), Screen Sensations (Quarter 3), and Hollywood Hits (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 3 | Jan 23 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Compass Kids' Chorus: Classic Disney | 3rd-5th | Alina Kirshon-Goldman | 8 | $219.00 |
Closed
|
Everyone can learn to sing! If you want to learn to sing like Belle, Ariel, Elsa, Aladdin, or even the Beast, this class is for you! Selections from this semester come from Hal Leonard's "Disney Collected Kids' Solos" with select hits from Beauty & the Beast, Cinderella, Lion King, Alice in Wonderland, Little Mermaid, Peter Pan, and more. The quarter's repertoire will include at least one group choral number. Students will work on other music as solos, duets, or small group numbers. This introduction to vocal development and performance includes posture, breathing, intonation, and the principles of blending vocal harmonies. Basic musical notation will be introduced as well as melodic and harmonic intervals. No previous musical experience is required- just the joy of singing! Singers will be expected to memorize pieces and participate in a showcase for parents at the end of the quarter. There is a $25.00 fee for sheet music due payable to Compass on the first day of class.
|
0 | |
| Semester | Sep 14 | 10:00 am | 12:55 pm | Mon | Compass Kindergarten- Language Arts (Sem 1) | K | C. Danielle Mercadal | 2 | $592.00 |
Can your child sit in a circle for story time? Line up for lunch? Take turns talking? This one-day, 3-hour (half-day) program is a "taste" of kindergarten for 5- year-olds. Start your child's week off right with "Mornings with Miss M" at Compass Kindergarten. Children will work in a small group with an experienced early elementary educator for this dynamic, play-based program that offers regular interaction and socialization. This fun, activity-based program will create rhythm and routine in a homeschooled kindergartner's week and give them a sense of community and a peer group. Children will practice routines and transitions as they move through the morning. Each session will include some simple structure such as a daily arrival song/greeting, circle time, story, snack time, activity, lunch, active game, and closing/goodbyes. Through games and activities, they will also practice key childhood social skills such as sharing, taking turns, and entering play with others. Academic basics such as the ABCs, days of the week, colors, shapes, and number sense will be integrated into activities involving fairy tales, nature and art. The teacher will provide ideas for parents to work on at home with their child during the week. Compass Kindergarten is offered in three weekly sessions: Monday, Wednesday, or Friday. Registration is stand-alone for each day so parents can register for one, two, or all three. While each kindergarten class will give children the opportunities for learning and playing in a social environment along with classroom routines, each of the three days will focus on a particular area of study and discovery of how each is connected. On Mondays, the focus will be on Language Arts where students will be exposed to folktales, seasonal stories, and classic favorites while also practicing some foundational language arts skills. The stories read in class will be used as inspiration to connect aspects of literacy such as comprehension, comparing similar/different, recalling sequences, and predicting outcomes. The Alphabet Book will be used as as "spine" to spark discussions on capital and lower case letter forms, initial letter sounds, blends, vowel sounds, rhyming words, and other pre-phonics skills. The language arts-themed kindergarten session is intended to enhance and clarify literacy skills being introduced at home, but is not a comprehensive reading curriculum. Readiness: Students must be age five (5) by the start of the program or have the teacher's approval for younger. To be successful in this program, entering kindergartners must be able to do the following preschool-level skills: (1) be able to separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and listen to a story or stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be able to write and recognize his/her first name; (5) be able to hold and use crayons and scissors correctly; (6) be completely self sufficient in a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.) Other Notes: Children should bring a bagged lunch and water bottle to each session. There is a $50.00 material fee for class consumables due payable to the teacher on the first day of class. Parents can choose to drop children off for this program (different than Compass's school-year policies for 55 minute classes.) Registration for this program is by 13-week semester with priority registration for continuing students. Parents who are shopping around or applying to alternate kindergarten programs should review the Compass withdrawal policy.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 09 | 10:00 am | 12:55 pm | Wed | Compass Kindergarten- Social Studies (Sem 1) | K | C. Danielle Mercadal | 4 | $638.00 |
Can your child sit in a circle for story time? Line up for lunch? Take turns talking? This one-day, 3-hour (half-day) program is a "taste" of kindergarten for 5- year-olds. Start your child's week off right with "Mornings with Miss M" at Compass Kindergarten. Children will work in a small group with an experienced early elementary educator for this dynamic, play-based program that offers regular interaction and socialization. This fun, activity-based program will create rhythm and routine in a homeschooled kindergartner's week and give them a sense of community and a peer group. Children will practice routines and transitions as they move through the morning. Each session will include some simple structure such as a daily arrival song/greeting, circle time, story, snack time, activity, lunch, active game, and closing/goodbyes. Through games and activities, they will also practice key childhood social skills such as sharing, taking turns, and entering play with others. Academic basics such as the ABCs, days of the week, colors, shapes, and number sense will be integrated into activities involving fairy tales, nature and art. The teacher will provide ideas for parents to work on at home with their child during the week. Compass Kindergarten is offered in three weekly sessions: Monday, Wednesday, or Friday. Registration is stand-alone for each day so parents can register for one, two, or all three. While each kindergarten class will give children the opportunities for learning and playing in a social environment along with classroom routines, each of the three days will focus on a particular area of study and discovery of how each is connected. On Wednesdays, the focus will be on social studies- an age-appropriate introduction to history and geography through themed, hands-on activities, games, and stories. Themes include may include map skills, country studies, time lines and history units like "colonial times." Readiness: Students must be age five (5) by the start of the program or have the teacher's approval for younger. To be successful in this program, entering kindergartners must be able to do the following preschool-level skills: (1) be able to separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and listen to a story or stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be able to write and recognize his/her first name; (5) be able to hold and use crayons and scissors correctly; (6) be completely self sufficient in a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.) Other Notes: Children should bring a bagged lunch and water bottle to each session. There is a $50.00 material fee for class consumables due payable to the teacher on the first day of class. Parents can choose to drop children off for this program (different than Compass's school-year policies for 55 minute classes.) Registration for this program is by 14-week semester with priority registration for continuing students. Parents who are shopping around or applying to alternate kindergarten programs should review the Compass withdrawal policy.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 10 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Comprehension Connections: Critical Thinking Through Short Stories | 7th-8th | Dr. Anneca Robinson | 1 | $325.00 |
Middle school students will learn how to improve their critical thinking for deeper understanding using strategies in reading comprehension. They will learn how to sort, analyze, describe, and compare information according to the rules of logic. Throughout this semester, students will read a selection of short stories and excerpts. Students will learn to ask: Is this a good argument? What beliefs is it based on? Is it well constructed and convincing? Are there fallacies in it? They will discover how to define terms and break a whole concept into its component parts in order to formulate and defend their own arguments. The semester will build toward an exciting debate in the Lincoln-Douglas format. Students will develop a law code for Wonderland and put a character on trial according to that code. Prosecution and defense will develop arguments, write speeches, and work to convict or acquit the accused. Students should expect to spend an average of two hours per week on reading and short written responses. Topics in this series include Critical Thinking Through Short Stories (Semester 1) and Critical Thinking Through Non-Fiction (Semester 2). There is a $25.00 supply fee dur payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class for class materials.
|
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 08 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue, Fri | Consumer Math | 10th-12th | David Chelf | 4 | $1169.00 |
Financing a motorcycle, buying your first car, comparing lease options on an apartment, understanding your paycheck, and selecting insurance. These are all real-life scenarios that young adults will face within the first five years of graduating high school, if not sooner. These choices and others are an inevitable part of "adulting" and require a solid understanding of essential math skills. This course will work through practical, real-life situations and will review the math skills needed to make informed choices. This course will review arithmetic concepts such as decimals, fractions, discounts, rates, ratios, proportions, rounding, simple interest, estimating, and measurements. However, instead of working math problems in abstract exercises, students will revisit these concepts in the context of scenarios they will encounter in everyday life. What is a better deal: an extra 15% off the already discounted sales price of 30% off or Buy One, Get One free? Students will be able to use/apply arithmetic concepts to common scenarios to make informed consumer choices. Course themes include: Prerequisites: Pre-Algebra Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-1.5 hours per day on reading, review, and homework on most non-class days. Homework assignments will run on a 7-day cycle, with assignments posted on Thursdays and due the following Thursday. Students are advised to start homework once it is assigned (i.e., not wait until the night before it is due). Weekly homework assignments will be of a length that a student should be able to complete them in two or three at-home work sessions. Solutions will be provided for some homework problems, but students are expected to show all steps of their work. Assignments: The Canvas online class management system will be used to post assignments and scores. Students should have their own e-mail address in order to be set up as users of the Canvas system. Parents can also be set up as Canvas guests/observers for purposes of tracking the student's progress and workload. Assessments: Student progress will be assessed by: (1) The instructor checking that weekly homework sets are attempted and complete and (2) detailed grading of periodic take-home tests. Parents will be able to view accumulated points awarded in the class for the purpose of determining a parent-awarded course grade. See the instructor's webpage for detailed homework and test policy, including late work and re-work. Textbook/Materials: Students should purchase or rent Mathematics for Business and Personal Finance,by McGraw Hill Publishers, 1st Edition (ISBN-13: 978-0078805059) [race cars on cover] What to Bring: Notebook or paper, pen or pencil, textbook and/or workbook. From time to time the instructor may ask students to bring a smart phone (for apps) or laptop for in-class investigation. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as full credit in Mathematics or Personal Finance for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Pre-Algebra |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Cooking for Kids: Fall Fare with Flair (TUE) | 5th-6th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$189.00 $170.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Kids will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Cooking for Little Kids: Fall Fare with Flair (TUE) | 1st-3rd | Mylene Nyman | 6 |
$189.00 $170.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Little Kids will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. (1) Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. (2) Children must be minimum age 6 for this class and be able to listen to and follow instructions. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 26 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Cooking for Teens: Fall Fare with Flair | 8th-12th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$189.00 $170.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Teens will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 1 | Sep 14 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Cooking for Teens: Festive Fall Flavors | 8th-12th | Mylene Nyman | 3 | $165.00 |
Teens will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Cooking for Tweens: Fall Fare with Flair (TUE) | 7th-8th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$189.00 $170.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Tweens will enjoy making delicious recipes and family favorites that feature a variety of fruits, vegetables, and fresh ingredients. Recipes are selected to be nutritious, fun, and simple to make. Each class will focus on a portion of a meal including appetizer, salad, soup, side dish, main dish, and dessert. The Compass chefs' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Fall Fare with Flair (Quarter 1), Festive Fall Flavors (Quarter 2), Winter Warm-Ups (Quarter 3), Savory Spring Specialties (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor via Zelle or Venmo on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 09 | 5:00 pm | 7:00 pm | Wed | Courtroom Drama: Trial Advocacy **ONLINE** | 9th-12th | Catie Donnelly, Marina Moreira | 1 | $549.00 |
Objections. Impeachments. Accusations. Contempt. Courtrooms can be filled with drama, though not always as seen on popular television portrayals. Trial advocacy is an engaging introduction to the legal world for high school students. Teens will step into the dynamic and thrilling world of trial advocacy, portraying the roles of witnesses and attorneys for the prosecution and defense in a mock criminal case. Throughout the semester, they will be instructed on how to analyze, strategize, and prepare a legal case. First semester, students will learn the challenging art of crafting opening statements, closing arguments, and eliciting witness testimony through direct and cross-examinations in a persuasive, winsome, and compelling manner. The class will be taught federal rules of evidence by real attorneys and coaches who have collectively over 15 years of experience in mock trials at the high school and collegiate levels. Students will learn courtroom etiquette and strategize with their classmates to construct a clear, organized, and passionate argument for their client. Students will also have the opportunity to hone their acting skills and creativity, stepping into vital roles as witnesses, and testifying in support of either the prosecution or defense. Throughout the semester, they will develop and sharpen their critical thinking and public speaking skills. This class will bolster a student's confidence to advocate for themselves, introduce and deepen their knowledge of trial advocacy and procedures, and so much more. Students do not need prior experience in trial advocacy, mock trials, or interest in law school to participate: no matter what career path a student is on, Trial Advocacy will provide students with enhanced written and oral communication, teamwork, leadership, and professionalism that will last a lifetime. High School Mock Trial Team: Selection of mock trial competition team members is by audition in the spring. Enrollment in this course is required of all members of Compass's mock trial competition team. Those who are curious about high school mock trial, higher education in law, or a career in the criminal justice system are welcome and encouraged to enroll. Students who are enrolled in the class only may be invited to meet with the competition team as an alternate, scrimmage partner, or full member, if recommended by the Instructors. Class Format: This class will meet at a virtual, synchronous lecture. Students are expected to be seated at a desk or table and have their cameras and microphones on to participate in class. Workload: Students who are enrolled in the class only should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class working on writing, collaborating with other students, and memorizing their presentations. Students who are enrolled in the class and are competing members of the mock trial team have an additional, 2-hour in-person weekly team meeting, partner work, scrimmages, rehearsals, and regional and state competitions, for an estimated 5-6 additional hours of work outside of class. Assignments and Assessments: Students will receive feedback on all assignments. There are no exams in this course, but there will be pop quizzes and points assigned for completed assignments, presentations, and participation. Textbook/Materials: The case packet and course documents will be posted to an online classroom management system by the instructors. Credit: For a student who is enrolled in the class only, the homeschool family may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Humanities, Civics, or Career Exploration for purposes of a high school transcript. For a student who is enrolled in the class and a member of the competing mock trial team, the homeschool family may wish to count this course as a full credit at the honors level.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Cover-to-Cover (MS Book Group): Animal Tales (1PM) | 7th-8th | Sandy Brown | 12 |
$205.00 $184.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
In Cover-to-Cover, middle school-aged students will read renowned classics and award-winning young adult literature. This book discussion group will examine a different theme each quarter to introduce students to literary analysis. Students will read, examine, and compare two full-length novels that share similar themes through facilitated discussions and extension activities which encourage students to make personal connections to what is read. The group will evaluate themes, characters, setting, and writing style. Second quarter, students will study the genre of Animal Tales with Animal Farm by George Orwell and The Call of the Wild by Jack London. Assigned chapters are expected to be read at home, either as read-aloud, individual silent reading, or listening to the unabridged audiobook. Students should come to class prepared to discuss the reading. Classroom discussions will emphasize the use of textual evidence when explaining thoughts and opinions. Students will be assigned creative, short assignments to enhance and demonstrate their understanding of each novel such as quote explications, thematic questions, or imagining a conversation between characters from different books. Topics in this Series: Science Fiction (Quarter 1); Animal Tales (Quarter 2); Dystopian (Quarter 3); and Mystery & Detective (Quarter 4). Textbook/Materials: The cost of new, mass market paperback editions are included in class tuition because students need clean copies for annotation and must be able to reference identical page numbering. Supply Fee: Included Prerequisites: Reading at Grade Level |
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Cover-to-Cover (MS Book Group): Animal Tales (2PM) | 7th-8th | Sandy Brown | 12 |
$205.00 $184.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
In Cover-to-Cover, middle school-aged students will read renowned classics and award-winning young adult literature. This book discussion group will examine a different theme each quarter to introduce students to literary analysis. Students will read, examine, and compare two full-length novels that share similar themes through facilitated discussions and extension activities which encourage students to make personal connections to what is read. The group will evaluate themes, characters, setting, and writing style. Second quarter, students will study the genre of Animal Tales with Animal Farm by George Orwell and The Call of the Wild by Jack London. Assigned chapters are expected to be read at home, either as read-aloud, individual silent reading, or listening to the unabridged audiobook. Students should come to class prepared to discuss the reading. Classroom discussions will emphasize the use of textual evidence when explaining thoughts and opinions. Students will be assigned creative, short assignments to enhance and demonstrate their understanding of each novel such as quote explications, thematic questions, or imagining a conversation between characters from different books. Topics in this Series: Science Fiction (Quarter 1); Animal Tales (Quarter 2); Dystopian (Quarter 3); and Mystery & Detective (Quarter 4). Textbook/Materials: The cost of new, mass market paperback editions are included in class tuition because students need clean copies for annotation and must be able to reference identical page numbering. Supply Fee: Included Prerequisites: Reading at Grade Level |
1 | |
| Qtr 4 | Mar 22 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Tue | Crafty Kids Club | 2nd-5th | Judith Harmon | 20 | $79.00 |
Closed
|
Crafty Kids Club is a weekly after-school meet-up for kids in grades 2-5. Kids will gather and socialize while completing a craft around a monthly theme. An experienced Compass arts instructor will facilitate the crafting each week. Projects are selected to showcase a variety of materials and crafting techniques and to promote creativity and imagination. Each month, a minimum of four projects will be included from among eight craft categories: wooden, wearables, simple sewing, painting, sculpting, paper, beading, and mixed media. Kids will enjoy the camaraderie of working alongside a group of friends in Crafty Kids Club, and parents will appreciate the break! Parent Notes: Winter/spring themes and example projects are: If a student misses a week, no problem! His/her supplies for the missed project will be bagged and sent home with instructions to complete it solo or with parents. Registration is for 16-weeks ($139) or 8-weeks ($79).
|
0 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Decorative Art Studio- Clay Crafters for Kids (Q2, 2PM) | 3rd-5th | Andrea Rodriguez | 10 |
$192.00 $172.80 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Student artists will enjoy working hands-on, in 3-dimensions with clay and mosaics to create original decorative arts. Clay sculpture and mosaics are multi-sensory, and students enjoy the tactile experience of shaping, sculpting, cutting, arranging, layering, texturing, and finishing a variety of materials. Decorative art engages a different artistic skillset than coloring, drawing, and writing, and encourages creativity to represent objects in three dimensions. In this studio environment, students will create original hand-made pieces using a range of artistic techniques and a myriad of materials. Second quarter, students will work hands-on with natural clay, exploring the many forms and possibilities of this versatile medium. Projects will be sculpted in weeks one, three, and five, with painting and finishing in weeks two, four, and six. In week seven, students will complete a make-and-take multimedia project using air-dry clay. Throughout the quarter, they will experiment with texture and pattern using a variety of tools, as well as explore different painting techniques and color applications. With each new lesson and project, students will continue to develop their hand-building techniques and finishing skills. Projects this quarter include: a pinch-pot acorn bowl, a fall leaf plate (slab building with imprints), and a coil-build harvest pumpkin. A supply fee of $40.00 per student is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. Topics in this Series: Mosaic Makers (Quarters 1, 3) and Clay Crafters (Quarters 2, 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Decorative Art Studio- Clay Crafters for Tweens/Teens (Q2, 1PM) | 6th-8th | Andrea Rodriguez | 10 |
$192.00 $172.80 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Student artists will enjoy working hands-on, in 3-dimensions with clay and mosaics to create original decorative arts. Clay sculpture and mosaics are multi-sensory, and students enjoy the tactile experience of shaping, sculpting, cutting, arranging, layering, texturing, and finishing a variety of materials. Decorative art engages a different artistic skillset than coloring, drawing, and writing, and encourages creativity to represent objects in three dimensions. In this studio environment, students will create original hand-made pieces using a range of artistic techniques and a myriad of materials. Second quarter, students will work hands-on with natural clay, exploring the many forms and possibilities of this versatile medium. Projects will be sculpted in weeks one, three, and five, with painting and finishing in weeks two, four, and six. In week seven, students will complete a make-and-take multimedia project using air-dry clay. Throughout the quarter, they will experiment with texture and pattern using a variety of tools, as well as explore different painting techniques and color applications. With each new lesson and project, students will continue to develop their hand-building techniques and finishing skills. Projects this quarter include: a pinch-pot acorn bowl, a fall leaf plate (slab building with imprints), and a coil-build harvest pumpkin. A supply fee of $40.00 per student is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. Topics in this Series: Mosaic Makers (Quarters 1, 3) and Clay Crafters (Quarters 2, 4)
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 10 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | Digital Studio: App Attack | 7th-8th | Black Rocket | 4 | $361.00 |
Play everywhere. Build anything. Design your own game apps using Cloud Game Creators, a web-based platform you can access anytime, anywhere. Students will learn to code events and controls for touchscreens, keyboards, and mouse input while building interactive gameplay. Along the way, they will customize levels, characters, and features to create a game that is uniquely their own. Digital Studio is a computer lab environment in which students work through the Black Rocket curriculum under the direction of computer science coaches. The lab environment allows students to enroll at any quarter, fosters brand new coders, and encourages those with prior coding experience. All digital tools and software used in class are safe, locally installed educational editions accessed only by the student and not connected to any public platforms. The class tuition includes a student technology fee that covers the use of instructor-provided classroom laptops loaded with the required software, applications, and licenses. At the end of the class, students will receive access to Black Rocket's interactive learning platform to continue their coding journey at home.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Dinosaur Detectives: Jurassic Jam | 3rd-4th | Shea Megale | 10 |
$177.00 $159.30 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Meet Stegosaurus, Allosaurus, and Brachiosaurus! Travel millions of years back in time to the Jurassic period, when towering giants dominated the landscape. Second quarter, students will dive into the environments these dinosaurs ruled and learn how paleontologists uncover their stories. Each class will feature a dynamic lesson and hands-on activities like creating imaginary dinosaurs, a dinosaur egg hunt, or fossil digs. Students will continue their "field explorer" journal, sketching each dinosaur and noting fun facts to expand their bestiary. There is a $25.00 supply fee payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Triassic Time Travel (Quarter 1), Jurassic Jam (Quarter 2), Cretaceous Creatures (Quarter 3), and Museum Makers (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Dynamic Dioramas: US History- The Alamo (Mexican-American)- TUE | 3rd-5th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$192.00 $172.80 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Discover the fight for Texas independence at the Alamo, from a legendary last stand against overwhelming odds to the bold push that helped stretch the United States all the way to the Pacific. Using artistic model-making techniques, hand tools, and historical maps, students will create a 10 X 14 diorama board of a famous battle from American History. They will customize their dioramas with landforms, waterways, plant life, and paint and populate it with 1:72 scale invading armies and their adversaries for historical re-enactments. Once individual projects are constructed, students will combine their dioramas alongside those of their classmates to approximate a larger battlefield terrain. Students will spend the remainder of the quarter learning about the tactics and outcomes of the conquest while playing a table-top strategy game. Student strategists will use a custom historical wargaming rule system for moving troops and siege equipment. Along with their classmates, students will see how battles progressed and test different scenarios that might have occurred with different battlefield choices. Course documents such as maps, game rules and all other instructional media will be available via a Google Drive link which will be emailed to parents. Topics in this series include: Lexington & Concord (American Revolution)- Quarter 1; The Alamo (Mexican-American War)- Quarter 2; Gettysburg (Civil War)- Quarter 3; and The Battle of San Juan Hill (Spanish-American War)- Quarter 4. There is a $25.00 materials fee payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Prerequisites: Minimum age 8 |
1 | |
| Year long | Sep 11 | 9:30 am | 10:55 am | Fri | Earth Science- Lab | 9th-12th | Sandy Preaux | 3 | $1199.00 |
A shudder in San Francisco or a tremor in Tokyo may hit headlines- but what mysterious movements in Earth's mantle make continents quake and coastlines crumble? Relentless rivers, grinding glaciers, and wandering winds sculpt and scour the surface of our restless planet. Find out what further forces carve caverns, move mountains, forge fossils, and vent volcanoes. From the planet's fiery core to its powerful plates, Earth is a dynamic, dramatic sphere of stone and story. Earth Science is an interdisciplinary field that unites geology, physics, and chemistry to explore the dynamic forces and phenomena on Earth. First quarter, students will examine the solar system, Earth's early history, orbital patterns, seasonal cycles, and long-term changes, including the emergence of water and the atmosphere. Second quarter, the class will focus on large-scale geology which includes plate tectonics, earthquakes, volcanoes, and mountain-building. Third quarter, students will investigate the water cycle, rock cycle, sedimentary geology, erosion mechanisms, and the cryosphere. Students will vote on fourth quarter's theme(s) from among topics like atmospheric science, oceanography, paleontology, or planetary science. In this year-long laboratory science course, students will pair weekly discussions with hands-on experiments and activities such as rock classification, tectonics using an earthquake table, spectra/light analyses, and more. Students' laboratory work may also include citizen scientist projects using data and images collected by NASA and other institutions. Some lab activities will require laptops and spreadsheet software to analyze data. Note: This Earth Science course is taught using current scientific models and evidence-based frameworks. The class includes topics such as planetary formation, geologic time, plate tectonics, fossils, and geologic dating. As part of studying the fossil record and geologic time, students will examine observable changes in species over time. The course does not focus on evolutionary mechanisms or theories in depth, but will address patterns of change as they relate to Earth's history and paleontology. All content is presented within prevailing scientific frameworks and may differ from some faith-based interpretations of origins. Families are encouraged to review the course description to ensure it aligns with their educational preferences. Level: Earth Science is an ideal introduction to high school science and recommended for most 9th graders. The course combines rigorous scientific thinking with topics that are concrete and easy to visualize, such as weather, rocks, and oceans. Students practice data analysis, graphing, and evidence-based reasoning without the need for advanced mathematics. This course builds strong foundational skills and academic discipline needed for future laboratory sciences. Prerequisites: Students must be concurrently enrolled in Algebra or a higher-level math. 8th graders may only enroll if they are enrolled in Algebra I and have successfully completed Compass's Integrated Middle School Science class, a year-long equivalent, or obtain permission from the instructor. Class Meetings: This class will have two class meetings per week- an in-person lecture on Mondays (10:00 am - 9:55 am) and in-person lab and activities on Fridays (9:30 am - 10:55 am). Registration for the Lab section will automatically enroll the student in the Lecture section. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class reading and completing assignments. Assignments: All assignments will be posted on password-protected Canvas classroom management site. There, students access assignments, upload homework, take automated quizzes and tests, track grades, and message the instructor and classmates. Assessments:Completed assignments and quizzes will be assessed points. Parents can calculate a letter grade using the student's points earned divided by points available, in weighted categories that include assignments, labs, quizzes, tests, projects, and presentations. Parents may view all scoring and comments at any time through the Canvas site. Textbook/Materials: Students will use an open source (no cost) digital textbook from Virginia Tech: https://open.umn.edu/opentextbooks/textbooks/1264. Students will need to bring a laptop to some lab sessions. Lab/Supply Fee: A lab fee of $100.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. What to Bring: Paper or notebook, pen or pencil, and laptop when requested. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit lab science for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Co-Requisite: Algebra I |
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 14 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Mon | Earth Science- Lecture | 9th-12th | Sandy Preaux | 3 | $0.00 |
This is a place-holder for the Earth Science Lecture. Students should register for the Earth Science Lab, which will automatically enroll them in both sections. A physical meeting room will be designated for on-campus students who have classes immediately before or after this virtual session. Prerequisites: Co-Requisite: Algebra I |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Eco Scientist: Northern Latitudes | 3rd-4th | Osk Huneycutt | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Become a world-traveling eco adventurer and earth scientist without leaving Compass! Study the world's most exciting and diverse ecosystems and learn about the incredible biologic and geologic phenomena that shape them. Venture into caves and coasts, tundra and taiga, and forests and fjords. Each week, student scientists will begin by locating the fascinating features on a map before learning about these incredible habitats from the ground-up, starting with the geology of a place, then working their way through the climate, biome, flora, and fauna. Hands-on labs and in-class activities will reinforce regional and ecological diversity by examining rock types, classifying plants, observing insects, or modelling weather phenomena. Bundle up! Second quarter, students will journey to the northern latitudes. The class begin in the frozen north of the Arctic Circle, then travel south through Greenland, Russia, and Europe. Students will see how some animal and human populations deal with environmental extremes through seasonal migrations. Along the way, the class will learn about cold weather phenomena, polar ice, tundra and taiga (coniferous forest) biomes, inland seas, and the seasonal effects of polar nights and midnight sun. Topics in this Series: The Americas and Antarctica (Quarter 1); Northern Latitudes (Quarter 2); Africa and Asia (Quarter 3); and All About Islands (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $20.00 is due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 14 | 12:00 pm | 1:25 pm | Mon | Electronic Music Production I | 7th-12th | Eric Jao | 2 | $571.00 |
In this 12-week course, students will learn the core skills of Electronic Music Production from industry professional, DJ, producer, and musician Eric Jao (aka DJ Enferno). Eric brings 30+ years of working in the music industry, including touring the world with Madonna and creating music for Linkin Park and Cirque Du Soleil. He's an Ableton Certified Trainer and the creator of the Electronic Music ELEMENTS curriculum, which he will teach in person at Compass. Students will learn how to make music that sounds like their favorite songs. They'll create their own drums, chords, basslines, and melodies and arrange them into original songs and remixes. As students progress beyond the core curriculum, they will learn to use effects and automation to expand and enhance their music production skills. Students do not need to play an instrument or be able to read music for this course. Instead, they need to have a love of music and the desire to create their own, original songs. Meet your instructor here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n5en5nx5zag Workload:Students should expect to spend 1 or more hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Students will be encouraged to continue to work on their music at home. Assessments: Will not be given. What to Bring: Students should bring a laptop (Windows or Mac), tablet, or Chromebook and headphones to class each week. Non-Meeting Days: In addition to the scheduled days-off on the published Compass schedule, this class does not meet on xxx Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component partial credit in Fine Arts or Career Exploration for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 14 | 1:30 pm | 2:55 pm | Mon | Emergency Care: Readiness & Response | 9th-12th | Dr. Larry Newell | 2 | $940.00 |
Physician. Paramedic. Physical therapist. Phlebotomist. The healthcare industry makes up more than 18% of the U.S. economy and employs over 20 million people. This course gives students a meaningful introduction to that world by building real, practical skills used by first responders and healthcare professionals. When seconds matter, will you know what to do? This hands-on course trains students to think clearly, act quickly, and provide effective care in emergencies. Students learn to assess responsive and unresponsive patients, manage airways, perform rescue breathing, and respond to life-threatening conditions such as cardiac arrest, stroke, choking, and shock. Training includes CPR for adults, children, and infants, along with proper use of an AED. Students also develop essential trauma response skills, including wound care involving applying dressings, pressure bandages, and tourniquets, and stabilizing injuries such as fractures. They learn how to respond to acute medical emergencies like seizures, allergic reactions, respiratory distress, diabetic complications, poisoning, fainting, and heat- and cold-related conditions. The course is highly interactive and includes hands-on labs where students practice assessment skills, taking vital signs, administering select medications, and using emergency equipment. Through case studies and role-play scenarios, students build critical thinking skills and learn how to stay calm and make decisions under pressure. Instruction also includes medical terminology, relevant anatomy, triage, patient movement, and how coordinated emergency response systems operate. Students will also explore how to respond appropriately during a mental health crisis, including de-escalation strategies. This course goes beyond basic first aid to provide training comparable to a 3-credit hour community college course. Students leave with practical, life-saving skills and a strong foundation for future study or work in healthcare. Teens earn national certification in Advanced First Aid, CPR, and AED that can qualify them for roles such as event or venue staff, camp counselors, outdoor program assistants, and positions in recreation, youth sports, or childcare. Schedule: This is a 29-week year-long class. Instructors: This course will be team-taught by Dr. Larry Newell, paramedic Jose Salazar, and Christine Notarianni, a registered nurse Workload: On-level students should expect to spend up to 1 hours per week outside of class on reading assignments and activities Assignment:s Students will be assigned weekly readings to complete at home each week so class time can be dedicated to group discussion and the practice of hands-on skills. Assessments: The instructor will give short quizzes to ensure that students are keeping up with their reading. In addition, students will be "signed off" and approved on hands-on skills throughout the course. Textbook/Materials: Students should purchase a copy of First Aid, CPR, and AED- Advanced, 8th edition by AAOS/ECSI/ACEP, published by Jones and Bartlett Learning (ISBN #978-1284234367). Lab/Supply Fee: A supply fee of $25.00 is due payable to Emergency Training Resources, LLC for consumable and in-class supplies such as bandages, cpr mask, etc. What to Bring: Students should bring their textbook, notebook/paper, and pen or pencil to class each week. What to Wear: Students should wear comfortable clothing that would allow them to participate in occasional demonstrations on the floor. Credentials: Students will earn certification by the Emergency Care & Safety Institute (ECSI) in "Advanced First Aid, Adult, Child, Infant CPR & AED," Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit in Science, Health, Elective, or Career Exploration for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: None |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue,Fri | English 10- British Voices: Elizabethan | 10th | Tanya Oswalt | 12 |
$358.00 $322.20 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
This British Literature course focuses on developing critical reading and writing skills through the study of both canonical and postcolonial texts written in English. Drawing from a range of genres, time periods, and geographical regions, students will encounter diverse voices and perspectives. Literature: Second quarter will explore Elizabethan England through MacBeth by Shakespeare and other writings of the period. Writing Lab: An essential component of this course will be an in-class Writing Lab. Students in this class should have mastered the basics of academic writing, such as constructing a thesis statement, organizing their thoughts with effective topic sentences and transition statements. Students will learn to write critical response papers and a complete literary analysis essay including how to support their ideas with textual evidence, organize a logical argument, and cite sources in MLA format. Over the course of the year, students will develop familiarity with a variety of writing styles and forms including rhetorical analysis, literary analysis, critical response, close reading, opinion essay, and personal essay. Prerequisites: Students taking this class should have an understanding of the types of literature (from Intro to Genres). Students are expected to take an active role in discussion and complete all writing assignments. Topics in this Series: Anglo-Saxon (Quarter 1), Elizabethan (Quarter 2), Roamticism (Quarter 3), and Regency (Quarter 4). Class Meetings: There will be two weekly, in-person class meetings: Tuesdays and Fridays. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: All assignments will be posted in a Google Classroom management site. Students will need their own gmail accounts to access Google Classroom. Assessments: Students' written assignments will be graded using a rubric and assigned points that the homeschool parent can use when assigning an overall class grade. Textbooks/Materials: Students will use clean, inexpensive copies of each novel for annotation and must be able to reference passages using consistent page numbers. Copies of the mass market paperback edition(s) is included in the class tuition. Supply Fee: Included What to Bring: Students should bring the current literature, paper, pen or pencil and highlighter to class each week. Some students may wish to bring paper clips, adhesive flags or post-it notes for marking passages/pages. Students should also bring a laptop to class one day per week for in-class writing. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit (one quarter) or full credit (all four quarters) in English for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Introduction to Genres or the Equivalent |
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue,Fri | English 11- American Perspectives: Promise & Illusion | 11th | Dr. Myla Grier | 12 |
$361.00 $324.90 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
This American Literature course is designed to prepare students for college-level academic writing. Students will strengthen their critical reading and textual analysis skills by examining the concept of the American Dream and exploring what it means to be American through texts spanning the 18th century to the present. Throughout the course, students will read and respond in writing to both fiction and nonfiction works. Written assignments will emphasize rhetorical analysis, with a focus on subject, purpose, and audience. Literature: Second quarter will explore the themes of Promise and Illusion in The Jazz Age through The Great Gatsby by F Scott Fitzgerald and other selections from the period. Writing Lab: An essential component of this course will be an in-class Writing Lab. Students in this class should have mastered the basics of academic writing, such as constructing a thesis statement, organizing their thoughts with effective topic sentences and transition statements. This class will strengthen students' textual analysis skills with an emphasis on rhetorical analysis- the study of how a text creates meaning. Over the course of the year, students will develop familiarity with a variety of writing styles and forms including rhetorical analysis, literary analysis, critical response, close reading, opinion essay, and personal essay. Prerequisites: Students taking this class should have an understanding of the types of literature (from Intro to Genres) and successful completion of British Literature (or equivalent). Students are expected to take an active role in discussion and complete all writing assignments. Topics in this Series: Freedoms & Foundations (Quarter 10), Promise & Illusion (Quarter 2), Voice & Identity (Quarter 3), and War & Memory (Quarter 4). Class Meetings: There will be two weekly, in-person class meetings: Tuesdays and Fridays. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: All assignments will be posted in a Google Classroom management site. Students will need their own gmail accounts to access Google Classroom. Assessments: Students' written assignments will be graded using a rubric and assigned points that the homeschool parent can use when assigning an overall class grade. Textbooks/Materials: The cost of new, mass market paperback editions are included in class tuition because students need clean copies for annotation and must be able to reference identical page numbering. Supply Fee: Included What to Bring: Students should bring the current literature, paper, pen or pencil and highlighter to class each week. Some students may wish to bring paper clips, adhesive flags or post-it notes for marking passages/pages. Students should also bring a laptop to class one day per week for in-class writing. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit (one quarter) or full credit (all four quarters) in English for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: British Literature or the Equivalent |
1 | |
| Year long | Sep 11 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Fri | English 12- AP World Literature: Extended Coursework | 12th | Dr. Myla Grier | 2 | $345.00 |
AP students are required to register for all four quarters of Compass's World Literature AND the AP World Literature: Extended Coursework activity which covers differentiated assignments, additional instruction, and feedback on AP-style writing and test preparation.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue,Fri | English 12- World Literature: Culture & Conflict (AP or On-Level) | 12th | Dr. Myla Grier | 12 |
$376.00 $338.40 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
In this Senior English course, students will engage deeply with World Literature while developing advanced literary analysis skills. Students will read a diverse body of global literature to identify symbolism, imagery, recurring themes and to develop an understanding of the narrative perspectives used. Through these works, the class will also examine the cultural, social, and historical contexts that shaped literature across different regions and time periods. This course can be taken-on level or at the Advanced Placement (AP) level which will introduce college-level analytical writing and prepare the student for the AP Literature and Composition exam. AP students must also register for the Extended Coursework option. Literature: Second quarter will examine the theme of Culture and Conflict through works such as Things Fall Apart by Chinua Achebe, The Stranger by Albert Camus, and other selections. Composition: An essential component of this course will be an in-class Writing Lab. Students in this class should have mastered the basics of academic writing, such as constructing a thesis statement, organizing their thoughts with effective topic sentences and transition statements. This class will strengthen students' textual analysis skills with an emphasis on rhetorical analysis- the study of how a text creates meaning. Over the course of the year, students will develop familiarity with a variety of writing styles and forms including rhetorical analysis, literary analysis, critical response, close reading, opinion essay, and personal essay. Topics in this Series: Fate & Free Will (Quarter 1), Culture & Conflict (Quater 2), Conformity & Courage (Quarter 3), Power & Prejudice (Quarter 4). Prerequisites: Successful completion of year-long coursework in British and American Literature or the equivalent. Class Meetings: There will be two weekly, in-person class meetings: Tuesdays and Fridays. Levels: Two levels meet together: On-Level and Advanced Placement (AP). AP requires additional reading, writing, and AP skills practice. All students register online for the same course. AP students are required to also register for the AP World Literature: Extended Coursework activity which covers differentiated assignments, additional instruction, and feedback on AP-style writing and test preparation. Once the course begins, students may move down a level (from AP to On-Level) at any time, but may not "bump up." Students taking the AP level may designate the course as SP on their transcript and add one quality point when calculating their GPA. Workload: On-level students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class. AP students should expect to spend 4-5 hours per week. Assignments: All assignments will be posted in a Google Classroom management site. Students will need their own gmail accounts to access Google Classroom. Assessments: Students' written assignments will be graded using a rubric and assigned points that the homeschool parent can use when assigning an overall class grade. AP Testing: The AP English Literature and Composition exam fee (May 2027) is not included in tuition. Families are responsible for registering and paying for their student's AP exam at their local public high school by the end of October 2026. Textbooks/Materials: The cost of new, mass market paperback editions are included in class tuition because students need clean copies for annotation and must be able to reference identical page numbering. Supply Fee: Included What to Bring: Students should bring the current literature, paper, pen or pencil and highlighter to class each week. Some students may wish to bring paper clips, adhesive flags or post-it notes for marking passages/pages. Students should also bring a laptop to class one day per week for in-class writing. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit (one quarter) or full credit (all four quarters) in English for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: American Literature or the Equivalent |
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Extra! Extra! Non-Fiction Newswriting (Q2) | 6th-12th | Shea Megale | 12 |
$177.00 $159.30 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Be part of a team! Join the Compass Collaborative newspaper staff. The staff is a mixed-age team with students from 6th to 12th grade. Students will learn about journalism and develop writing skills. They will craft effective articles, conduct interviews, and write reviews. Each quarter, writing assignments and responsibilities will be divided based on individual interests. Students will each contribute at least 2-3 items to the Collaborative edition each quarter including articles of their chosing (book critiques, movie reviews, field trip recommendations, short fiction, poetry, comics, jokes, tc) and assigned articles about happenings at Compass. While research and data collection will occur outside of class, a portion of staff meetings will be dedicated to writing and editing. The newspaper advisor will use these sessions to demonstrate what constitutes 'good' writing. All staff members will practice editing skills to improve grammar, punctuation, and overall clarity and accuracy in their writing. Students will be informally paired for peer review and feedback on their writing. All students register for the same class, and roles and responsibilities will be reviewed and delegated during the first meetings. Students should expect to work on assignments outside of class and will be expected to bring a laptop, notebook, and pen/pencil to each class meeting.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 14 | 2:00 pm | 3:25 pm | Mon | Filmmaking: Storytelling & Scriptwriting | 9th-12th | Shea Megale | 2 | $499.00 |
From idea to script- tell the story before the camera ever rolls. Step into the creative world of cinema as you learn how stories are crafted for short films. Under the guidance of a local award-winning filmmaker and author, students will explore how great ideas become compelling scripts for the screen. In this class, students will learn the fundamentals of pre-production used in professional film environments. Students will learn the jobs on a film set, the basics of directing, how to collaborate effectively as a production team, and how to hold auditions to cast their characters. Through guided in-class analysis of high-quality film clips, students will examine what makes a scene effective and how visual and audio elements support storytelling. Students will develop skills in storytelling, including plot structure, character development, dialogue, and pacing. They will learn industry-standard script formatting and software. Workshopping is a central part of the class. Students will participate in peer review, table reads, and guided revision as they refine their writing and strengthen their ideas. By the end of the semester, students will produce a polished, production-ready screenplay, along with a storyboard and shot list for either a short film or a commercial. These materials will serve as the foundation for filming in the second semester.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 14 | 10:00 am | 11:25 am | Mon | Filmmaking: Technical Production- Lights, Camera, Action! | 9th-12th | Juan Urista | 5 | $464.00 |
Filmmaking demands more than creativity! It demands technical skills that bring your vision- or someone else's- to life on the screen. This semester-long course focuses on developing practical film production skills using accessible, everyday equipment. Students learn to capture clean, consistent, and editable footage with smartphones and low-cost tools while building habits that mirror real-world production environments. The course emphasizes practice and discipline, requiring students to complete weekly production deliverables that demonstrate steady progress in camera operation, lighting, sound, and on-set workflow. Over the semester, students work toward capturing usable footage with proper framing, lighting, and audio, while also demonstrating basic set protocols. They learn how to plan and execute coverage through master shots, angles, and inserts, and produce footage that can be reliably used in post-production. The focus remains on applying foundational skills in a way that aligns with professional expectations. The course follows a structured weekly progression. Students begin with equipment setup and basic test footage, then move into framing and shot types, camera movement, and audio fundamentals. Lighting is addressed in both daytime and low-light conditions, followed by set discipline and proper slating. Students then develop storyboards and shot lists before executing coverage with master shots and multiple angles. The final weeks focus on inserts, continuity, and completing a short scene, followed by review and refinement of their work. By the end of the semester, students will have produced a portfolio demonstrating technical growth and an understanding of core production practices. Equipment:All students must have access to a smartphone with video capability, basic stabilization such as a tripod or handheld grip, an external microphone option, headphones for monitoring audio, a set of clip-on phone lenses, and a video-capable laptop. The total cost of required equipment is designed to remain under $100. Students are expected to bring required equipment to each class. Workload:Students are expected to complete and upload weekly deliverables. Students should expect 1 hour of filming homework per week. Assessments: Students will not receive a formal grade in this elective course, however, through in-class review sessions, they will receive ongoing feedback to apply to their work. Consistent effort, visible improvement, and professional conduct during filming are required throughout the course. Certificate Option: This course is one of several a student can complete to earn a Certificate in Film Production. Students seeking recognition through the certificate must submit a substantial portion of weekly production work, demonstrate consistent participation, and present a body of work that shows clear skill progression over time. Credit: Homeschool families may want to count this course as a partial credit in fie arts or career exploration on a homeschool transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 09 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | French Fundamentals (Sem1) | 7th-8th | Edwige Pinover | 4 | $316.00 |
Bonjour and get ready for a full year French Fundamentals! French Fundamentals is a year-long class whis covers that same content and uses the same textbook as high school French I. This level is for middle school-aged students who have taken at least two quarters of French Foundations with the instructor, but who are not yet ready to age up and attend Friday high school classes. The expectation is that middle school-aged Fundamentals students will be ready for high school French II the following school year. Registraton for Fundamentals is by semester. The corresponding French I description follows: French I is a conversation-focused program in which students will build their vocabulary quickly and learn essential grammar skills in French. Vocabulary will include numbers, time, dates, seasons, school, free time activities/hobbies, likes/dislikes, personal descriptions, family relationships, emotions, food/restaurants, and places/locations in town. There will be a strong emphasis on competency using regular and irregular present tense verbs and common grammar concepts such as articles, pronouns, adjectives, and comparative phrases. Class will be conducted primarily in French and will focus on listening and speaking skills, asking and answering questions, and correct use of grammar. At home, students will be responsible for memorizing vocabulary and grammar, completing homework assignments, and watching both grammar instruction and language immersion videos. Workload: Students should expect to spend 30-45 minutes per day, 4 days per week on homework outside of class. Assignments: Are sent by e-mail to parents and students. Students must have access to a computer and internet service for computer-based videos and practice tools that are assigned as homework and are essential to success in the class. Assessments: Quizzes, tests, and individual performance reviews will be given to all students at regular intervals to provide parents with sufficient feedback to assign a grade. Textbook: Students should purchase or rent the required textbook for this class: Bien Dit!: Student Edition Level 1 2013 (French Edition) (ISBN-13 978-0547871790)
|
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 11 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | French I | 8th-12th | Edwige Pinover | 1 | $728.00 |
Bonjour and get ready for a full year of beginner level high school French! This is a conversation-focused program in which students will build their vocabulary quickly and learn essential grammar skills in French. Vocabulary will include numbers, time, dates, seasons, school, free time activities/hobbies, likes/dislikes, personal descriptions, family relationships, emotions, food/restaurants, and places/locations in town. There will be a strong emphasis on competency using regular and irregular present tense verbs and common grammar concepts such as articles, pronouns, adjectives, and comparative phrases. Class will be conducted primarily in French and will focus on listening and speaking skills, asking and answering questions, and correct use of grammar. At home, students will be responsible for memorizing vocabulary and grammar, completing homework assignments, and watching both grammar instruction and language immersion videos. Workload: Students should expect to spend 30-45 minutes per day, 4 days per week on homework outside of class. Assignments: Are sent by e-mail to parents and students. Students must have access to a computer and internet service for computer-based videos and practice tools that are assigned as homework and are essential to success in the class. Assessments: Quizzes, tests, and individual performance reviews will be given to all students at regular intervals to provide parents with sufficient feedback to assign a grade. Textbook: Students should purchase or rent the required textbook for this class: Bien Dit!: Student Edition Level 1 2013 (French Edition) (ISBN-13 978-0547871790) Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in Foreign Language for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 11 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Fri | French II | 9th-12th | Edwige Pinover | 2 | $728.00 |
Bonjour and welcome to the second year of high school French. This is a conversation-focused program in which students will build their vocabulary quickly and learn essential grammar skills in French. Students will cover the broad themes and vocabular for: my family and my friends, celebrations, shopping, high school, a typical day, and the good old days. The class will begin with a review of adjective-noun agreement, negations, and regular -er, ir-, and -re verbs. They will review and continue to expand their list of irregular verbs such as avoir (to have) and etre (to be). Students will be introduced to the passe compose and Imparfait (imperfect) tenses, and they will learn how to use negations, direct and indirect pronouns, and reflexive verbs with present, past, and imperfect tenses. The class will practice comparative and superlative statements, and will continue to have brief cultural lessons integrated in their units. Class will be conducted primarily in French and will focus on listening and speaking skills, asking and answering questions, and correct use of grammar. At home, students will be responsible for memorizing vocabulary and grammar, completing homework assignments, and watching both grammar instruction and language immersion videos. Prerequisite: French I Workload: Students should expect to spend 30-45 minutes per day, 4 days per week on homework outside of class. Assignments: Are sent by e-mail to parents and students. Students must have access to a computer and internet service for computer-based videos and practice tools that are assigned as homework and are essential to success in the class. Assessments: Quizzes, tests, and individual performance reviews will be given to all students at regular intervals to provide parents with sufficient feedback to assign a grade. Textbook: Students should purchase or rent the required textbook for this class: Bien Dit! Level II: Student Edition Level 1 2018 edition (ISBN-13 978-0544861343) Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in Foreign Language for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: French I |
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 11 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Fri | French III | 10th-12th | Edwige Pinover | 4 | $945.00 |
Bonjour et bienvenue dans notre classe de francais 3 ! Welcome to the third year of high school French. This is a conversation-focused program in which students will build more vocabulary and will be able to communicate using more and more complex sentences. The class will continue using the present tense, the future proche (a future), the passe recent (recent past), the passe-compose and imparfait (two forms of past tense) and will learn the future and the conditional forms of verb. Vocabulary will include school activities, professions, the theme of fairy tales, nature and environment, and the media. At this point in learning French, students should be using all of the vocabulary they know to become better listeners, more fluent speakers, and stronger writers. Class will be conducted primarily in French and will focus on listening and speaking skills, asking and answering questions, and correct use of grammar. At home, students will be responsible for memorizing vocabulary and grammar, completing homework assignments, and watching both grammar instruction and language immersion videos. Prerequisites: French II Workload: Students should expect to spend 30-45 minutes per day, 4 days per week on homework outside of class. Assignments: Are sent by e-mail to parents and students. Students must have access to a computer and internet service for computer-based videos and practice tools that are assigned as homework and are essential to success in the class. Assessments: Quizzes, tests, and individual performance reviews will be given to all students at regular intervals to provide parents with sufficient feedback to assign a grade. Textbook: Students should purchase or rent the required textbook for this class: Bien Dit!: Student Edition Level 3, 2013 edition (ISBN-13: 978-0547871691) Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in Foreign Language for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: French II |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Fun Fit (PE) for Little Kids- Orange (TUE) | K-2nd | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$150.00 $135.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Fun Fit PE encourages young elementary schoolers to move and play during the day! Kids will enjoy games such as flag tag, tug-of-war, soft dodge ball, relays, and silly obstacle courses with challenges such as crab crawl, log roll, or bunny hop. Activities will engage hand-eye coordination, gross motor skills and improve accuracy, endurance, speed, agility, and flexibility. Fun Fit PE is a fun, supportive, small-group experience with a dedicated coach where the emphasis is on doing one's best and individual improvement rather than competition or comparison with classmates. Equally as important, young athletes get to practice valuable life skills such as working with teammates, good sportsmanship, taking turns, cooperation, and communicating with the coach. All activities will take place on the thick mats of Compass's new physical fitness center. Children will play in socks or bare feet as shoes cannot be worn on the mats. They should wear loose, comfortable clothing and bring a reusable water bottle. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Children may enroll in Fun Fit PE at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | FUNctional Fitness and Cross-Training (PE) for Kids: Orange (TUE) | 3rd-5th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$150.00 $135.00 by 10/3 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
FUNctional Fitness is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get tweens up and moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. FUNctional Fitness focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. When the weather permits, some exercises may be taken outdoors. The physical challenges of FUNctional Fitness will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in FUNctional Fitness at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. FUNctional Fitness continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | FUNctional Fitness and Cross-Training (PE) for Tweens: Orange (TUE- 11AM) | 6th-8th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$150.00 $135.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
FUNctional Fitness is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get tweens up and moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. FUNctional Fitness focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. When the weather permits, some exercises may be taken outdoors. The physical challenges of FUNctional Fitness will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in FUNctional Fitness at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. FUNctional Fitness continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | FUNctional Fitness and Cross-Training (PE) for Tweens: Orange (TUE- 2PM) | 6th-8th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$150.00 $135.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
FUNctional Fitness is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get tweens up and moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. FUNctional Fitness focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. When the weather permits, some exercises may be taken outdoors. The physical challenges of FUNctional Fitness will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in FUNctional Fitness at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. FUNctional Fitness continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Geo Detective: When It Rains, It Pours! (Wacky Weather) | 1st-2nd | Osk Huneycutt | 10 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Geo-Detectives discover the many mysteries of Earth Science. From large-scale disasters that come from inside the planet to microscopic contaminants in the water and soil, Geo-Detectives look high and low to understand the forces, systems, and cycles that continue to shape the Earth, its climates and ecosystems. Geo-Detectives will explore concepts as diverse as fossils to fault lines, ozone to ocean trenches, and trade winds to tundra. Hands-on labs and in-class activities will reinforce geological phenomena such as examining fossils, classifying rocks, reading the seismographic charts, or modeling the water cycle. Second quarter, students will learn the physics behind air and water circulation, and how they combine to form wacky weather phenomena such as hurricanes, tornados, hail, fog, and even regular old rain showers. The class will see how air and water systems on earth govern global climate systems as well as local and regional weather patterns. Kids will learn how meteorologists and climatologists examine data from a variety of sources, such as ice cores, sediment cores, the fossil record, and historic records to trace large-scale changes in climate and sea level over geologic time. Topics in this Series: Between A Rock & A Hard Place! -Geology (Quarter 1); When It Rains, It Pours! -Wacky Weather (Quarter 2); What a Disaster! Volcanoes, Tsunamis & Earthquakes (Quarter 3); and What Goes Around Comes Around!- Cycles & Seasons (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $20.00 is due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Year long | Sep 08 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue, Fri | Geometry | 8th-11th | David Chelf | 3 | $1169.00 |
This is a complete course in high school Geometry which will cover fundamental concepts and provide a solid foundation of mathematical literacy, problem solving, reasoning, and critical thinking skills that are necessary for the exploration of more advanced and rigorous topics in mathematics. Students will learn deductive reasoning, and logic by completing geometric proofs. Topics in geometry include: lines, angles, congruence, concurrence, inequalities, parallel lines, quadrilaterals, transformations, area, similarity, right triangles, circles, regular polygons, and geometric solids. Students will explore these topics through class discussions, practice problems, and open-ended problem solving. Prerequisite: Students should have a solid foundation in Algebra I in order to take this class. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-1.5 hours per day on reading, review, and homework on most non-class days. Homework assignments will run on a 7-day cycle, with assignments posted on Thursdays and due the following Thursday. Students are advised to start homework once it is assigned (i.e., not wait until the night before it is due). Weekly homework assignments will be of a length that a student should be able to complete them in two or three at-home work sessions. Solutions will be provided for some homework problems, but students are expected to show all steps of their work. Assignments: The Canvas online class management system will be used to post assignments and scores. Students should have their own e-mail address in order to be set up as users of the Canvas system. Parents can also be set up as Canvas guests/observers for purposes of tracking the student's progress and workload. Assessments: Student progress will be assessed by: (1) The instructor checking that weekly homework sets are attempted and complete and (2) detailed grading of periodic take-home tests. Parents will be able to view accumulated points awarded in the class for the purpose of determining a parent-awarded course grade. See the instructor's webpage for detailed homework and test policy, including late work and re-work. Textbook: Students should purchase or rent the required textbook for this class: Geometry: Seeing, Doing, Understanding, 3rd edition (ISBN-10 0716743612, ISBN-13 978-0716743613) A calculator is not needed for this course. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a complete credit in Geometry for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Algebra I |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Get to Know Government: Know Your Rights (Bill of Rights) | 7th-8th | Shea Megale | 12 |
$184.00 $165.60 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Can the government take your stuff? Can you say whatever you want? Are you protected from hateful speech? Students will receive their own copy of the Bill of Rights and analyze the freedoms it guarantees. Through discussion, current events, and historical examples, they will examine how rights are protected and when they may be challenged. Students will debate real-world scenarios and consider the balance between individual freedom and societal rules. Students will continue participating in the mock government introduced in Quarter 1. They will hold new elections, form committees, and propose amendments as they explore how rights are defined and protected.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 14 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | Great Religions of the Old World | 9th-12th | Shea Megale | 3 | $330.00 |
Why did Catholics canonize a computer-savvy teenager, what are so-called "bird priests," and why do some Orthodox Christians claim to conceal the Ark of the Covenant? If questions like these spark your curiosity, you are ready to explore the fascinating world of global religions. In this deeply philosophical course, we'll dive into the major religious traditions that shape civilizations around the globe. Students will examine faiths such as Hinduism, Buddhism, Zoroastrianism, Judaism, Islam, Catholicism, Orthodoxy, Shintoism, and a range of mysterious, ancient cults and beliefs. The class will consider the rituals, tenets, and distinctive creeds of each tradition. Students can expect to learn through engaging visuals (such as maps, architecture, and wardrobe), provoking discussion, and music (such as hymns and hauntingly beautiful chants). Respectful participation is key and sense of intrigue is required. Your instructor brings both academic depth and lived experience to the classroom. With two degrees in history and extensive field experience in world religions- including five years teaching Catholic education, three years as a historian for The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints, and even officiating weddings for a Druid community- Ms Megale offers a unique and welcoming perspective on the world's belief systems. Workload: Students will receive optional reading suggestions to supplement their learning. Lecture based with occasional group activities. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit in history/humanities for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 09 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Guitar for Beginners I | 5th-8th | Ney Mello | 3 | $354.00 |
Learn the fundamentals of playing the guitar! In this class, students will learn basic melodies such as Happy Birthday, Jingle Bells, Twinkle Twinkle Little Star, as well as classic rock favorites like Smoke on the Water, etc. Kids will learn to play chords and strumming patterns for familiar songs chosen by the instructor and students. Students are encouraged to bring in music they are interested in learning. New chords and new songs will be added each week as students also learn to read music and basic music theory. Students will also learn how to hold, tune, and care for their guitars. Each student will need a least a beginner level acoustic guitar. Students should be able to read at grade level for this class and should plan to practice at home several times each week. Students should expect to spend 20-30 minutes per day most days practicing chords and melodies from class. There is a materials fee of $11.00 payable to the Compass on the first day of class for a tablature notebook.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 1 | Sep 14 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | History's Mysteries: Lost Worlds | 7th-8th | Shea Megale | 2 | $152.00 |
What happened to entire civilizations? How can cities just disappear? Could we still be ignoring clues? Students will investigate some of history's greatest unsolved disappearances, including Atlantis, the Lost Colony of Roanoke, and the Sea Peoples. Students will analyze timelines, examine historical accounts and discoveries, and evaluate evidence to weigh competing theories behind each mystery. Through guided discussion and intriguing lectures, they will use critical thinking to distinguish credible explanations from speculation, determining for themselves what might have happened and why these mysteries continue to endure. Topics in this series include: Lost Worlds (Quarter 1), Unexplained Encounters (Quarter 2), Conspiracies & Cover-Ups (Quarter 3), and Gadgets and Guesswork (Quarter 4).
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 26 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | History's Mysteries: Unexplained Encounters | 7th-8th | Shea Megale | 12 |
$177.00 $159.30 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Are we alone in the universe? What did people really see? Where does evidence end and imagination begin? Students will explore mysterious events that blur the line between science and the unknown, including Area 51, the Nazca Lines, Big Foot, and the Loch Ness Monster. Students will analyze timelines, examine historical accounts and discoveries, and evaluate evidence to weigh competing theories behind each mystery. Through guided discussion and intriguing lectures, they will use critical thinking to distinguish credible explanations from speculation, determining for themselves what might have happened and why these mysteries continue to endure. Topics in this series include: Lost Worlds (Quarter 1), UnexplainedEncounters (Quarter 2), Conspiracies & Cover-Ups (Quarter 3), and Gadgets and Guesswork (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Year long | Aug 31 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Mon | Human Geography- Lecture (AP, Honors, On-Level) **ONLINE** | 9th-12th | Tia Murchie-Beyma | 4 |
$0.00
Full course fee. Contact for mid-term enrollment / prorated pricing. |
This is a place-holder for the Human Geograpy lecture. Students should register for the Human Geography Seminar, which will automatically enroll them in both sections. A physical meeting room will be designated for on-campus students who have classes immediately before or after this virtual session. Prerequisites: Instructor approval for AP level |
2 | ||
| Qtr 1 | Sep 14 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Mon | Hype, Hoax, or Headline? Science in the News (Q1) | 8th-12th | Sandy Preaux | 3 | $171.00 |
Rovers roam, rockets rise, and researchers reveal remarkable results. Viral videos and bold breakthroughs flood the feed, but what is solid science and what is sensational spin? In this class, students become critics and commentators on science in the news. Each week, they will examine recent discoveries, products, and claims drawn from headlines and social media, digging into the science behind the stories. Is a breakthrough truly groundbreaking, or just overhyped? Who is behind the research- a reputable institution or a questionable source? And what real impact might these ideas have? From AI-guided Mars rovers to scientists tackling microplastics and next-generation energy, students will investigate fascinating topics while learning to evaluate the strength of scientific evidence. They will consider testing methods, sample sizes, and sources in order to separate solid science from speculation and become thoughtful consumers of scientific information. This class is especially well suited for students who enjoy reading, discussion, and current events, including those who may not be drawn to traditional lab-based science classes. It also offers a valuable perspective for science-minded students who want to engage more deeply with real-world applications of science. Students should be reading at or above grade level and can expect to spend 30 minutes to one hour each week engaging with assigned articles or videos. Topics: This is a quarter-long class that examines new claims and scientific announcements in the news. Each quarter is unique, and students can take all four (4) quarters with no repeated information. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit in science for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 26 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Mon | Hype, Hoax, or Headline? Science in the News (Q2) | 8th-12th | Sandy Preaux | 12 |
$199.00 $179.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Rovers roam, rockets rise, and researchers reveal remarkable results. Viral videos and bold breakthroughs flood the feed, but what is solid science and what is sensational spin? In this class, students become critics and commentators on science in the news. Each week, they will examine recent discoveries, products, and claims drawn from headlines and social media, digging into the science behind the stories. Is a breakthrough truly groundbreaking, or just overhyped? Who is behind the research- a reputable institution or a questionable source? And what real impact might these ideas have? From AI-guided Mars rovers to scientists tackling microplastics and next-generation energy, students will investigate fascinating topics while learning to evaluate the strength of scientific evidence. They will consider testing methods, sample sizes, and sources in order to separate solid science from speculation and become thoughtful consumers of scientific information. This class is especially well suited for students who enjoy reading, discussion, and current events, including those who may not be drawn to traditional lab-based science classes. It also offers a valuable perspective for science-minded students who want to engage more deeply with real-world applications of science. Students should be reading at or above grade level and can expect to spend 30 minutes to one hour each week engaging with assigned articles or videos. Topics: This is a quarter-long class that examines new claims and scientific announcements in the news. Each quarter is unique, and students can take all four (4) quarters with no repeated information. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit in science for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Inside Music: Practice Pitch & Pattern | 5th-8th | Dr. Alina Kirshon-Goldman | 10 |
$215.00 $193.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Inside the Music is a fun, interactive guide to understanding how music really works. Designed for both instrumentalists and singers, this year-long program builds essential musicianship through games, movement, listening, and creative activities that make learning feel engaging, not overwhelming. Students explore the fundamentals of music theory- from reading notes on the staff to understanding rhythm, pitch, scales, and chords through hands-on experiences and interactive classroom activities that reinforce each concept. Whether a student is just beginning or wanting to strengthen existing skills, this class provides a clear, structured path to deeper musical understanding and greater confidence. Second quarter, students will learn to read music with confidence by recognizing notes, understanding pitch relationships, and identifying patterns in music. They develop skills in reading treble and bass clef, understanding steps, skips, and basic intervals, and beginning to read simple melodies. Activities include note-reading games, visual pattern exercises, and playing or singing short melodic examples. Each quarter focuses on a different core skill and stands on its own, so students can join at any time and still gain meaningful, complete learning. This class is an excellent complement to private lessons, ensembles, or independent study, helping students move beyond simply playing music to truly understanding it. Topics in this series include Rock the Rhythm (Quarter 1), Practice Pitch & Pattern (Quarter 2), Engage Your Ear (Quarter 3), and Compose & Create (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Year long | Sep 09 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Integrated Middle School Science (10am) | 7th-8th | Manal Hussein | 1 | $709.00 |
Why do Mentos candies in Coke make a fizzy mess? What makes the different colors in fireworks? How can lizards grow new limbs? Middle schoolers can find the answer to these and dozens of other intriguing questions through science! This year-long, hands-on science course is a survey of key concepts in the fields of Life Science, Physical Science (chemistry and physics), and Earth Science which will give 7th and 8th grade students the fundamentals they need to tackle high school-level Geology, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Environmental Science. Topics covered in this course will not only provide a foundation for higher level science, but will also boost the student's confidence and fluency in discussing scientific issues, applying scientific terminology, and using scientific equipment. Content covered in this course will also enable a teen to become a more educated reader and consumer of scientific news and information. General life science themes include life cycles, food webs, scientific classification, cell structure, and human body systems. Topics in chemistry include states of matter, atomic structure, elements and the Periodic Table, and chemical reactions and solutions. Themes in physics include motion, position, speed and acceleration, weight (mass), gravity, friction, buoyancy and density, and electricity and magnetism. The earth science unit will cover the rock cycle, minerals, rocks, fossils, weathering and erosion. In this class, students will learn about the principles of scientific investigations and engineering practices, the Scientific Method, and preparation of formal lab reports. They will practice taking measurements, recording data, converting units of measure, and related mathematical concepts such as significant figures, International System of Units, scientific notation, graphs, and data analysis. Students will learn how to provide evidence to support explanations and solutions for their investigations. This class is appropriate for a tween or teen who has had limited middle school level science and who wants to prepare for high school science. In general, a topic will be discussed one week and then the corresponding lab or activity will be performed in class the following week. Microscope work will be used in some life science labs. Meeting Dates: This is a 29-week course witht the week off to be announced. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class on reading and homework assignments. Assignments: All class announcements and assignments will be communicated via a Google Classroom. Assessments: Informal, qualitative and constructive feedback will be given on submitted assignments. A quantitative score/grade will not be provided. Textbook: Students should purchase Everything You Need to Ace Science in One Big Fat Notebook: The Complete Middle School Study Guide by Workman Publishing (ISBN # 978-0761160953) Materials: Students should bring the following supplies to each class: colored pencils, glue stick, pens or pencils to write with, and a ruler. In addition, a laptop computer will be needed some weeks in class for data collection and some weeks at home for online quizlets. Lab/Supply Fee: A lab fee of $100.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Credit: This course is not recommended as a high school credit. Prerequisites: 6th Grade Math |
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 14 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Intro to Engineering: Systems and Solutions | 10th-12th | Sandy Preaux | 2 | $318.00 |
Engineering is the discipline of turning ideas into reality- using mathematics, science, and creativity to design solutions that shape the world around us. From bridges and buildings to medical devices, renewable energy systems, and cutting-edge technology, engineers work across an extraordinary range of fields. The demand for these skills is strong and growing especially in areas like software development, data science, cybersecurity, and advanced manufacturing. This course introduces students to the mindset and methods of engineers- problem solving, design thinking, collaboration, and innovation- while exploring the wide variety of pathways available in this dynamic and high-impact field. The first semester focuses on Systems and Solutions, introducing students to the "language" of engineering- the foundational skills and ways of thinking that engineers use to solve real-world problems. Students will learn how to measure with precision, apply standard units, and perform essential calculations, while building an understanding of how machines and systems work. Through guided exploration of the Engineering Design Process (Ask, Imagine, Plan, Create, Test, Improve), students will practice defining problems, identifying constraints, collecting and analyzing data, and developing thoughtful solutions. Topics include measurement and data analysis, safety margins, testing protocols, and "systems thinking." The class will examine real-world case studies of both engineering successes and failures. This is a highly hands-on semester, with students using tools such as calipers and micrometers, designing experiments, and completing collaborative challenges. By the end of the semester, students will have developed a strong technical foundation and the practical problem-solving skills essential for more advanced engineering study. Prerequisites:Completion of Algebra I Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class reading and completing projects. Assignments: All assignments and readings will be posted on password-protected Canvas classroom management site. Assessments:Completed assignments, projects, and participation will be assessed points. Parents can calculate a letter grade using the student's points earned divided by points available. Parents may view all scoring and comments at any time through the Canvas site. Lab/Supply Fee: A lab fee of $25.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Bring: Paper or notebook, pen or pencil, and laptop when requested. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count both semesters of this course as a half credit in science or a career exploration election. Prerequisites: Algebra I |
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 14 | 1:30 pm | 2:55 pm | Mon | Introduction to Veterinary Science: Foundations of Animal Care | 9th-12th | Nicole Itz | 2 | $329.00 |
Students are introduced to the world of veterinary medicine through the essential skills used every day in animal care. Taught by an experienced veterinary technician, this course focuses on the safe handling, restraint, and observation of animals while building a foundation in animal behavior, anatomy, and basic physiology. Students learn how to assess healthy animals, monitor vital signs, and understand normal vs. abnormal conditions. Topics include nutrition, grooming, sanitation, preventative care, and the role of routine veterinary visits. Students are introduced to common companion animals, including dogs, cats, and select exotic pets, while gaining an understanding of species-specific needs. Through demonstrations, case examples, and hands-on practice, students develop confidence working with animals and begin thinking like veterinary professionals. This course provides a strong foundation for students interested in animal science, veterinary medicine, or careers working with animals. Textbook/Materials: Students should rent or purchase a copy of "Textbook for the Veterinary Assistant" Second Edition by Kara Burns and Lori Renda-Francis. Workload: Students should anticipate 1 to 2 hours of homework each week. What to Bring: Paper or notebook; pen or pencil; assigned chapter. Lab Fee:There is a $40.00 labe fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Career Exploration/Elective/Science for purposes of a high school transcript. (Full credit for both semesters.)
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Junior Art Studio: Destination Discoveries (TUE) | K-2nd | Kerry Diederich | 10 |
$148.00 $133.20 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Junior Art Studio is a colorful, hands-on art adventure designed especially for our youngest artists! Each week, students will discover a new artist or art style, learn a few fun facts, explore inspiring examples, and then create their own masterpiece inspired by what they have seen. Using a wide variety of materials, students will experiment with colors, patterns, textures, and embellishments as they bring their ideas to life. Second quarter, students explore how environments and locations around the world inspire artistic expression. A partial list of projects this quarter includes: tree bark rubbings, forest drawings, cave-style animal paintings, layered canyon landscapes, mountain paintings, underwater collage, paper sculpture, desert silhouettes, and a travel postcard using chalk pastels, crayons, watercolor paint, brown craft paper, tissue paper, glue, scissors, Topics in this series include: Color Quest (Quarter 1), Destination Discoveries (Quarter 2), Native Nations (Quarter 3), and Multi-Media Mix (Quarter 4). There is a $25.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 2:00 pm | 3:25 pm | Tue | Junior Engineering with LEGO: Articulated Animals (TUE) | K-2nd | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$197.00 $177.30 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Students will use LEGO to design and build simple engineering projects out of everyone's favorite building toy! In this 90 minute class, students will explore concepts and vocabulary in physics, mechanical engineering, structural engineering, aerospace engineering, and architecture while playing with their creations. Second quarter, junior engineers will get "wild" and build a zoo of articulated animals! Using mechanical concepts like rachet, linkage, and levers, and the fantastic diversity in the animal kingdom, our creators will build leaping dolphins, towering giraffes, swinging monkeys, jumping grasshoppers, and more! Each class begins with 10-minutes of free build from tubs of LEGO components followed by a short discussion and demonstration of the day's project and concepts. Students build individually or in groups. Instructors will provide individual assistance, facilitate challenges, performance testing, competitions, and modifications to projects. Some projects may have been introduced in prior year's sessions, but each new build is unique, and student's building skills and understanding will have grown. Notes:(1)Students must be minimum age 5 and able to separate from their parents for this class. (2) Projects are built from shared, Compass-owned components, so students will not bring completed projects home. Parents, however, can step into class 15 minutes before the end of each session to photograph their child's construction. Topics in this Series: Fantastic Fliers & Space Racers (Quarter 1); Articulated Aniamls (Quarter 2); Winter Wonders (Quarter 3); Construct a Carnival (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Junior Gymnastics: Beam Basics | K-3rd | MindShift Gym | 12 |
$167.00 $150.30 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Tumble, turn, twist, and twirl! Junior Gymnastics is a beginner-level class designed to support the development of motor skills in children while introducing beginning athleticism through gymnastics. This class incorporates fundamental movements like hopping, skipping, jumping, and balancing while building strength, flexibility and coordination. Gymnastics encourages children to explore their body's movement through play and exercise. Each session will include warm-up activities, cool-down exercises, and fun play with props like parachutes, while each quarter has a different gymnastics focus. Second quarter "Beam Basics" introduces balance and coordination on a low, 6" balance beam. All work will be done on padded floor mats and portable equipment on loan from the instructor's gymnastics school. Students should wear workout attire, but preferably not lose or floppy clothing. Students with long hair are asked to tie their hair back. Students will play and exercise in socks, so they should not come in sandals, crocs, or slides. Topics in this series include: Floor Fun (Quarter 1), Beam Basics (Quarter 2), Vault Ventures (Quarter 3), and Rhythmic Routines (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Kids' Confection Kitchen: Easy as Pie (TUE) | 5th-6th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$189.00 $170.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Toffee. Taffy. Truffles... End the day on a sweet note! Kids will enjoy making and eating delicious confections. Each week they will prepare a fresh, handmade dessert or sweet such as: pies, cakes, cookies, tarts, trifles, mousses, puddings, candies, fudge, brittle, or chocolates. The class will include some icing, decorating, and garnishing techniques for completed desserts. This quarter, the Compass bakers treats include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. This engaging sweets class will get students excited about helping in the kitchen and entertaining. They will learn important baking skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary is introduced each week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Piece of Cake (Quarter 1); Easy as Pie (Quarter 2), Choco Works (Quarter 3), and Dessert First (Quarter 4). Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. What to Bring: None- Disposable aprons and take-home containers provided. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Krav Maga Self Defense for Kids- Purple Stripe (Wed) | 5th-8th | Nick Masi | 12 |
$138.00 $124.20 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Krav Maga is the Israeli martial art which teaches self defense and fitness. Students of Krav Maga are taught a series of strategies to assess and respond to common situations, such as facing a bully. Kids are always taught first and foremost to get away, to get help, and to try to deescalate the situation. When that fails, students practice a technique that includes a warning strike followed by escape, and finally, they learn how to stand up for themselves and how to counterattack if a situation escalates and becomes threatening. Kids are empowered and gain confidence when they rehearse how to handle real-life situations. Exercises and in-class practice incorporate balance, coordination, energy, and other key elements of fitness along with life skills such as confidence, teamwork, respect, discipline, and respect. Students may enroll in Krav Maga at any time, and everyone will begin as a white belt. Each quarter, students will practice the full range of skills, but there will be two "featured" moves that a student can earn a belt stripe for being able to demonstrate. Featured moves will include a combative strike and a defensive escape technique. No one stripe is a prerequisite for any other color, and color stripes can be earned in any order. Second quarter, students will have the chance to earn a Purple Stripe. The featured moves include:
- 360 Defense and Headlock Release
- Inside Defense and Release from Front Choke
- Using Your Environment and Wrist Grab Releases
- Kick Defense and Ground Choke Release
- Body Defense and Shirt Grab Releases
- Protecting Others and Ground Headlock Release
- Ground Strike Defenses and Bearhug Releases
- Ground Kick Defenses and Back Choke Releases Students will be able to test for belt promotions to move through the ranks of white belt, yellow belt, orange belt, etc. On average, it is estimated that a student will be ready for a belt test after four quarters/four color stripes. Belt testing will be by coach approval. What to Bring: Refillable water bottle. What to Wear: In lieu of a full martial arts uniform, participants should wear their class t-shirt and belt along with shorts, leggings, or loose, comfortable athletic pants, and comfortable athletic shoes or sneakers. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $6.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class- for new students only- for a white belt to collect the colored stripes! A belt test fee of $25.00 is due payable to the instructor when a student is ready to test for promotion. Topics in this Series: Blue Stripe (1st Quarter), Purple Stripe (2nd Quarter), Brown Stripe (3rd Quarter) and Black Stripe (4th Quarter).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 09 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Learn to Sew: Beginner | 7th-12th | Judith Harmon | 1 | $265.00 |
Learn to sew to create one-of-a kind articles of clothing, home decor, crafts, or handmade items for your side business like Etsy or Ebay. Sewing can be a relaxing hobby, a profitable side gig, and a practical money-saving life skill. Don't settle for store-bought when you can learn to sew the custom creations you envision! First semester, students will learn the basics of hand sewing. Skills that will be introduced this semester include: quilter's knot, stitches (basting, running, backstitch, whip, ladder), tying a knot, and anchoring a knot. Students will learn to identify and use sewing tools such as fabric scissors, straight pins, thimbles, seam ripper, and various needles. Students will also begin with get-to-know their sewing machines including different components, attachments, and functions, along with care, use, and maintenance of their machines. They will learn Identify parts of sewing machine; how to fill a bobbin and thread the machine; types of machine needles and how to change a needle, and how to control speeds. Students will practice machine stitches (straight, zig-zag, backstitch) and adjusting the length and width, learn about seam allowance, and sewing corners and curves. Students will begin with simple stitching exercises, and their first project will be sewing a pin cushion that they will use throughout the year. As part of learning to sew, students will learn about different types of fabrics, what each is best used for, and how to identify grain lines, bias, and selvedge. The class will discover how garments are assembled by deconstructing an article of clothing from its seams. Students will learn how to read a sewing pattern and take measurements The group will learn about hems and elastic along with closures and how/where to use them. First semester's project will be sewing a custom pair of pajama pants. Topics in this Series: Learn to Sew: Beginner (Semester 1), Learn to Sew: Beginner and Advanced Beginner (Semester 2). Prerequisites: None Workload: Students who practice at home will find that their sewing skills are refined and perfected more quickly. Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class practicing the sewing skill/step covered in class. Assignments: Projects will be given out in class and will also be communicated via Google Classroom. Equipment/Fabric: Students must bring to class each week: Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $50.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class for a project box, including a sewing kit (with 1 pack of sewing machine needles, thread, and hand sewing essentials), and other materials used in class.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 14 | 11:00 am | 12:25 pm | Mon | LEGO Robotics Challenge League (S1) | 4th-6th | Becca Sticha | 2 | $412.00 |
LEGO Robotics Challenge League is a dynamic, semester-long team experience where students dive into real FIRST LEGO League (FLL)- style challenges in a high-energy, collaborative environment. Students work in teams to design, build, and program robots while tackling a complete FLL challenge from a previous season. This league format gives students the opportunity to experience the full scope of FLL without the intense 6- 10+ hour weekly commitment of official competition teams. Participants are divided into smaller teams that compete in exciting in-house robotics challenges, testing their designs, strategies, and coding skills against one another. Along the way, students develop critical 21st-century skills in engineering, programming, problem-solving, and teamwork. As teams iterate, test, and refine their robots, they build confidence, strengthen communication skills, and experience the thrill of competition in a supportive, engaging setting. Throughout the semester, students will complete a full FLL challenge, including the Robot Game and elements of the Innovation Project. They will gain hands-on experience with LEGO Spike Prime components and use drag-and-drop coding to program autonomous robots. No prior robotics or programming experience is required, though familiarity with LEGO Technic components (gears, beams, and axles) is helpful. FIRST LEGO League (FLL) is a globally recognized robotics program that combines engineering, research, and teamwork. Each year's theme challenges students to develop innovative solutions to real-world problems in areas such as the environment, transportation, accessibility, and exploration. In addition to the Robot Game, students engage in brainstorming, research, and design while practicing the engineering design process: build, test, refine, and improve. At its core, LEGO Robotics Challenge League emphasizes both competition and collaboration. Students encourage and support one another while striving to improve their designs and performance. Inspired by FLL's Core Values- discovery, innovation, impact, inclusion, teamwork, and fun- this program fosters both technical skill and character development. While teams compete in-house throughout the semester, this league focuses on growth, creativity, and the excitement of engineering in action rather than participation in regional competitions.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Little Bot Builders: Power & Prototypes | K-1st | Kate Mansouri | 12 |
$191.00 $171.90 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Little Bot Builders is a busy, bouncy robotics and maker lab where our youngest engineers, ages 5-6, build, tinker, test, and discover how things work. Second quarter, students will explore power, energy, and creative engineering design. Young builders will experiment with different power sources, including making a simple battery with a potato and constructing a wind-powered generator to learn about alternative energy. Students will also build simple cars using everyday materials such as boxes and pencils. As they design and test their creations, they will practice explaining their ideas and preparing a poster presentation for a classroom Demo Day, helping them build early confidence in both STEM and communication skills. There is a $25.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Motors & Makers (Quarter 1), Power & Prototypes (Quarter 2), Circuits & Controllers (Quarter 3), Waves & Wonders (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 10 | 10:00 am | 11:55 am | Thu | Little Learners Preschool (THU, SEM1) | 3-1/2 years- 4-1/2 years | Louisa Worrell | 3 | $498.00 |
Can your little one settle for story time? Share, smile, and socialize during play? Follow fun, familiar directions? This one-morning, 2-hour program is a "taste" of preschool for homeschooled youngsters. Young children will learn and play in a small group with an experienced child developmental specialist/preschool educator for this dynamic program that offers regular interaction and socialization. Your little one will enjoy being with same-aged peers, building independence, and tackling new skills for a few hours each week. Little Learners Lab will introduce foundational concepts needed for future learning such as pre-reading skills (such as letter recognition); pre-writing skills (such as tracing or highlighting); and pre-math skills (such as colors, patterns). This play-based and language-based program will feature circle time, seasonal themes, songs, and stories. Games and free play time will allow young children to practice key childhood social skills such as sharing, taking turns, and entering play with others. Activities that incorporate multi-modalities and strengthen fine motor skills will be introduced. A mid-morning break consisting of a small snack (such as goldfish crackers, teddy grahams, or animal crackers) and water will be furnished at each session. The teacher will also provide ideas for parents to work on at home with their child during the week. Little Learners Lab Preschool is offered in three weekly sessions: Tuesday morning, Wednesday afternoon, and Thursday morning. Registration is stand-alone for each day so parents can register for 1,2,or 3 sessions. As a learning lab, Compass may invite 1-3 high school students, ages 13+, to serve as classroom aides and learn about early childhood education/development. Readiness: Students must be age 3-1/2 (42 months) by the start of the session (no exceptions). To be successful in this program, entering preschoolers must be able to do the following: (1) separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and listen to a story or stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be able to voice needs or requests; and (5) be completely potty trained and able to use a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.) with minimal oversight of a classroom aide. Other Notes:
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 09 | 1:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Little Learners Preschool (WED, SEM 1) | 3-1/2 years- 4-1/2 years | Louisa Worrell | 2 | $498.00 |
Can your little one settle for story time? Share, smile, and socialize during play? Follow fun, familiar directions? This one-morning, 2-hour program is a "taste" of preschool for homeschooled youngsters. Young children will learn and play in a small group with an experienced child developmental specialist/preschool educator for this dynamic program that offers regular interaction and socialization. Your little one will enjoy being with same-aged peers, building independence, and tackling new skills for a few hours each week. Little Learners Lab will introduce foundational concepts needed for future learning such as pre-reading skills (such as letter recognition); pre-writing skills (such as tracing or highlighting); and pre-math skills (such as colors, patterns). This play-based and language-based program will feature circle time, seasonal themes, songs, and stories. Games and free play time will allow young children to practice key childhood social skills such as sharing, taking turns, and entering play with others. Activities that incorporate multi-modalities and strengthen fine motor skills will be introduced. A mid-morning break consisting of a small snack (such as goldfish crackers, teddy grahams, or animal crackers) and water will be furnished at each session. The teacher will also provide ideas for parents to work on at home with their child during the week. Little Learners Lab Preschool is offered in three weekly sessions: Tuesday morning, Wednesday afternoon, and Thursday morning. Registration is stand-alone for each day so parents can register for 1,2,or 3 sessions. As a learning lab, Compass may invite 1-3 high school students, ages 13+, to serve as classroom aides and learn about early childhood education/development. Readiness: Students must be age 3-1/2 (42 months) by the start of the session (no exceptions). To be successful in this program, entering preschoolers must be able to do the following: (1) separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and listen to a story or stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be able to voice needs or requests; and (5) be completely potty trained and able to use a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.) with minimal oversight of a classroom aide. Other Notes:
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Living Planet: Atmosphere Lab | 7th-8th | Osk Huneycutt | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
A powerful hurricane season forecasted. Polar ice caps receding. Hydraulic fracking. Solar power. Everywhere we look, environmental science is in the news! Living Planet is a middle school environmental science class which merges the fields of geology, biology, chemistry, and meteorology to explain the earth as an interconnected system with both natural and human-made influences. This year middle schoolers will sample environmental science topics in a lab-based investigation. Second quarter, students will embark on the study of our atmosphere, including global weather patterns, climate studies, and air pollution. The group will learn about the methods scientists use to study these phenomena, including satellite monitoring, air sampling, and chemical analyses. Students will do in-class labs to make predictions, collect and graph data, draw conclusions, and develop models of key Environmental Science processes. Topics in this series include: Geology & Soils Lab (first quarter); Atmosphere Lab (second quarter); Water Lab (third quarter); and Climate Patterns Lab (fourth quarter). There is a $20.00 lab fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class for consumable materials.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Logic Lab: Brain Builders | 5th-6th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$176.00 $158.40 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Students will tackle a variety of puzzles, games, and riddles each week that will develop their critical thinking, logic, math reasoning, and problem-solving skills while having loads of fun in class! Hands-on activities may use cards, dice, coins, cubes, toothpicks, math board games, math card games, and of course, lots of numbers. Every activity is in essence a math problem, and students will learn tips and techniques for tackling the challenges. For each new puzzle, game, and riddle, students will learn concepts and strategies that they can apply to solving ANY math challenge, such as: the phases of solving a problem, what to do when you get stuck, how to make predictions, how to generalize from specific cases, and what questions to ask yourself. Example activities include the game of Thirty One, logic grids, cryptograms, and deduction games. Through these weekly activities, students will learn that math isn't just something done at a desk with pencil and paper, but is present everywhere you look, and that the ability to think mathematically can be not only useful, but also fun! Students can take this class each quarter as a different selection of puzzles, games, and activities will be introduced each session. Topics in this series include: Brain Boosters (Quarter 1), Brain Builders (Quarter 2), Brain Benders (Quarter 3), and Brain Busters (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Machine Makers: Innovations | 3rd-4th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$184.00 $165.60 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
LEGO Mindstorms components and motors are not just for building robots! These interconnecting pieces can be constructed into an infinite number of unique, mechanized machines- much like an erector set! Each quarter, students will build three unique inventions like forklift, walking robot, and flapping wings. Students will incorporate simple machines, complex machines, and small motors into their projects. They will work with wheels, axles, beams, pulleys, tracks, gears, and specialty components used only in these classes. Topics in this Series: Inventions (Quarter 1); Creations (Quarter 2): Innovations (Quarter 3); and Apparatus (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Wed | Magical Creatures' Quest: A Tween Role Playing Club (Q2) | 5th-6th | Judith Harmon | 8 |
$139.00 $125.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Embark on a magical afternoon journey with "Magical Creatures' Quest: A Familiar Problem!" This enchanting club is for tweens (ages 10-12) who adore whimsical tales, creative adventures, and the magic of tabletop role-playing games. During each club meeting, the group will weave a captivating story where each participant takes on the role of a magical animal on a quest to reunite with its owner. Are you more like a daring dragon, mysterious mermaid, playful Pegasus, or a fearless fairy? Each meeting presents a new chapter, filled with challenges, mysteries, and opportunities for magical mischief. Tweens will unleash their creativity and collaborate with others to shape the adventure, solve puzzles, and make decisions to advance the story. The club is facilitated by an experienced Game Master who will guide students through the art of role-playing. Tweens will connect and form friendships with other middle schoolers who share a love of magical stories and imaginative play- in person! Previous role-playing experience is not required, but this club serves as a great introduction for tweens who might be interested in embarking on Dungeons and Dragons. This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, flexible, and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and can work collaboratively in a group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. This is not an "anything goes" or free-for-all class. Minimum age 10 to participate. Prerequisites: Minimum age 10 |
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Marvelous Myths and Mythical Marvels: Monsters | 7th-8th | Judith Harmon | 12 |
$136.00 $122.40 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Explore the world of gargantuan gods, humble heroes, and malevolent monsters! Some ancient myths have plots that rival today's comics and blockbuster movies. Many myths still have millennia-old appeal because of their timeless tales of good versus evil, life and death, creation and the afterlife. This class explores the origins of early mythology, from the Egyptians to the Greeks, Romans, Celts, Aztecs, and more through epics, plays and poetry. Readers will explore the realm of mythology through short stories, class discussion, analyses, extension activities and projects that will boost comprehension and the understanding of myths as the basis for many other forms of modern media. Students will enjoy reading and discussing battles, romance, treachery, larger than life heroes and characters, intricate gods and goddesses, and all sorts of fantastical creatures! Second quarter, the class will explore Monsters and Mythical Creatures, the strange and sometimes terrifying beings that tested heroes and guarded hidden knowledge. As examples, students will read about Perseus facing Medusa, the deadly Minotaur in its labyrinth, and the Sphinx, who challenged travelers with riddles. They will also encounter mysterious creatures from around the world, including Japanese yokai, Celtic selkies, and the legendary Wendigo. Topics in this Series include: Heroes (Quarter 1); Monsters (Quarter 2); Gods and Goddesses (Quarter 3), and Origin Tales (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 11 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Fri | Mastering Microsoft Office: Word & Power Point (Certificate Program) | 9th-12th | Tanya Oswalt | 1 | $284.00 |
You might have gone through high school using beginner-level Google tools like Docs, Sheets, and Slides, but to prepare for college and career, it might be time to learn Microsoft Office 365. While Google Workspace applications are generally liked for their ease of collaboration and cloud-based accessibility, Microsoft Office 365 tools are preferred in many majors and industries for their advanced features, refinement, and computing power. Any high school student who plans to pursue a college major in business, science, engineering, or other data-driven field should learn Microsoft Office, and anyone wishing to enter the job market or enhance their resume with recognized credentials as a Certified Microsoft Office Specialist should take this class. Furthermore, any student bound for college or the work world who is not proficient in these computer applications can take this class to catch up on 21st century skills. First semester, students will work through official Microsoft study materials to become certified as a Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) in Word and Power Point. Working in Word will help a student create attractive and professional-looking reports, multicolumn newsletters, resumes, business correspondence. Specific skills covered in the Word Associate curriculum include: managing documents; inserting and formatting text, paragraphs, and sections; managing tables and lists; creating and managing references; inserting and formatting graphic elements; and managing document collaboration. Working in Power Point will help a student create and manage professional-looking presentations that may be used for sales pitches, employee training, instructional materials, or exhibit slideshows. Specific skills covered in the Power Point Associate curriculum include: creating slide content; inserting and formatting text, shapes, and images; inserting tables, charts, SmartArt, 3D models, and media; applying transitions and animations; managing slides; and managing multiple presentations. An additional benefit of this course may be earned college credit. The American Council on Education (ACE) has recommended that MOS certifications in Word, Excel, and PowerPoint be considered as computer application in higher education institutions. 1800 accredited ACE-member, degree-granting colleges, universities, and other education-related organizations may award college credit to students who earned these certifications. Prerequisite: Basic keyboarding skills. Levels: Students who take this course on-level can earn MOS certifications. Students who take both semesters of this course will additionally qualify as a Microsoft Office Specialist: Associate level for earning at least three certifications. Students who wish to pursue a more rigorous curriculum and designate this as an "honors" level course on their transcript can self-study for the Microsoft Office Specialist: Expert level which requires two additional exams passed at the Expert level (and additional testing fees of $200.) Equipment: Students should bring a laptop to class which has a local copy of Microsoft Office 2019 installed or a current subscription and access to Microsoft Office 365. Course Materials: Students will work from the official Microsoft Office Specialist study guides that will be provided in class and is included in the course tuition Assessment: Students will take computer-based exams for each application: The MO-110: Microsoft Word (Microsoft 365 Apps)and the MO-310: Microsoft PowerPoint (Microsoft 365 Apps) first semester and the MO-210: Microsoft Excel (Microsoft 365 Apps) second semester. Testing Fees: A fee of $100 per exam is required to take the Microsoft Office Specialist exams. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Career Exploration or Technology for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 11 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Fri | Medieval History Reimagined: The Rise of Norman Power (1066) | 9th-12th | Taliesin Knol | 3 | $357.00 |
This class will use an interactive role-playing game (RPG) to immerse students in Medieval History. Students will be assigned land and titles to create a mock feudal system in which students collaborate and compete with classmates to better understand medieval society. By chance or choice, will they amass armies, capture castles, take titles, and repel rivals, or fail and fade into the pages of history? First semester begins in 1066 with the last successful occupation of Britain, the Norman Conquest by William, Duke of Normandy following the Battle of Hastings. The class will examine the history of Normandy and how the conquest eliminated the existing Saxon nobility. Students will learn how the Normans were able to maintain control of the countryside with a comparatively small occupying force, using control of language, law, and lethal force. In addition, the class will study the resistance, both the real forces and the legends the resistance inspired in the English people. Students will evaluate the history of earlier resistance by the British peoples and compare how previous conquests affected their culture. Students will examine case studies taken from primary source documents in art and literature to learn how warfare, architecture, politics, law, and religion interplay to create the history of the world. Students will complete a semester project on the Bayeux Tapestry. They will build on this base of knowledge to continue the study of English history in future semesters. In this semester's RPG, all students are Normans and assigned a medieval English county and awarded the title of title of "count" or "countess." Students will develop their own coat of arms in the unit on heraldry. Each begins with similar wealth, populations, knights, and land, and waits to see how their fates unfold each week in a custom game described as a complicated, semester-long game of Risk or Medieval Axis & Allies. Topics in this Series: Rise of Norman Power (Semester 1), Crusades and Conquests (Semester 2). Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Prerequisites: None Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class on readings. Assignments: Reading assignments will be assigned in class and noted in the weekly e-mail. Assessments: Short, open note in-class quizzes will be given, and students will have a semester project. What to Bring: Paper or notebook; pen or pencil; assigned articles. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in world history for purposes of a high school transcript. This is a 13-week class, with a non-meeting day of 09/25/26.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 15 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Middle School Musical Chorus- Fall | 6th-8th | Dr. Alina Kirshon-Goldman | 3 | $429.00 |
In the style of High School Musical or a glee club, Middle School Musical is designed for tween singers who want to have fun while taking their vocal performance to the next level. Students will learn and perform choral arrangements of music from musicals, movies, and contemporary favorites, including selections inspired by Glee. With 2- and 3-part harmonies, singers will work both as an ensemble and in solos, duets, or small group numbers. Solos are always optional, and students are encouraged at their individual comfort level, making this class a great fit for both experienced and more hesitant singers. This is a supportive, structured class where every student plays an important role. Students will develop vocal technique and performance skills such as posture, breathing, intonation, and blending, while also building musicality and confidence through consistent practice and collaboration. Instruction will also introduce basic music reading, including melody and harmony. As the semester progresses, students grow not only in skill but in confidence- learning to use their voices, taking apropriate risks, and contributing to a cohesive group performance. The semester will conclude with a showcase for families, where students share what they have learned in a warm and encouraging performance setting.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 1 | Sep 14 | 2:00 pm | 3:25 pm | Mon | Mindful Mosaics Open Studio (Q1) | 7th-Adult | Mylene Nyman | 3 | $180.00 |
Mindful Mosaics is run as a studio art class where students create unique compositions and work at their own pace under the guidance of an experienced mosaic artist. Each quarter, students are taught new design, cutting, layout, and finishing techniques and are introduced to new mosaic materials which they can incorporate into inspired, original pieces. The instructor can suggest possible themes for projects based on the featured materials, but most students work on individual projects that reflect their own interests, hobbies, or decor. Students who are new to mosaics will complete a quick checkerboard project (complete with wooden checkers) to teach pattern, layout, and lines before starting an individual projects. For each project, students will choose from a variety of substrates- rectangular, square, shaped, or circular backboards (typically first-year students), or special forms or 3D objects (experienced students). Each project will expand a student's understanding of color, pattern, rhythm, texture, and spacing as they complete rich, dimensioned compositions. Students will be able to incorporate other glass, ceramic, and porcelain tiles into their projects and may select feature elements such as beautiful glass gems, millefiori, sliced stone, metallic ornaments, mirrored bits, or shells, to serve as focal points in their mosaic piece. The mosaic can be monochromatic, complimentary, or contrasting colors. A broad pallet of colors is always available, and new colors are added each quarter to reflect the season. Students will develop a skillset for mosaic artistry over multiple quarters or years. As each student demonstrates mastery of basic skills, safety, and artistic expression, that student will be taught advanced techniques, materials, tools, composition, and color theory. A typical progression in mosaics is: (1) Whole tiles in symmetric design on a flat, rectangular substrate with emphasis on proper spacing and adhesion; (2) Tile cut with nippers in themed design and individual color choices on a flat wood substrate; (3) Sheet glass cut with pistol grip, breaking, and/or running pliers with emphasis on composition, color, and design on a flat or curved substrate; (4) Progress to 3D substrate and advanced adhesives; (5) Learn porcelain and ceramic cutting, special adhesives, and advanced design. Note:There is no prerequisite for this class. The number of projects completed each quarter depends on the student's work speed and attendance in class. Compass parents are welcome to register for the class to work alongside their teens, or to work on their own, while their teen is in another Compass class. Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hours per week outside of class. Assessments: will not be given. Materials Fees: All material fees are due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class by cash, check or electronic payment. Materials used vary depending on a student's experience with mosaic. Beginner Material Fee: $55.00 for a selection of Beginner Materials, including: vitreous glass, ceramic, mini, eco recycled glass, beach glass, glitter glass, glass gems, ceramic pebble, shells, metallic crystal, subway glass Adhesive: weld bond Grout: bone or charcoal color Cutters: wheeled tile nippers Substrate: 2D/Flat 12" x 12",10" x 10", 8" X 8", 4" X 4", framed mirrors, ornament shapes Advanced Material Fee: $65.00 for a selection of Advanced Materials including: All Beginner Materials plus, iridized glass, cathedral sheet glass, opaque sheet glass, color fusion, millefiori, Van Gogh glass, natural stone and minerals, special effects glass, water glass, colored mirror, illumination glass, china plates, rhinestone, ball chain Adhesives: weld bond, thin-set mortar, silicone Grout: Custom colors (purple, rose, green, blue, earth, orange) Cutters: wheeled tile nippers, porcelain hand tool, hand file, pistol grip, beetle bits cutting system Substrates: All flat shapes plus, 3D forms (egg, sphere, cone, pyramid, etc.), cut out sentiments, trays, glass bottle, mini sleds, flower pot, picture frame, sun catcher. Additional Fee: There may be additional fees for premium materials such as tesserae (by request and consultation with instructor), mother of pearl, 24 kt gold tiles (market rate), or specially cut substrates. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Fine Arts for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 26 | 2:00 pm | 3:25 pm | Mon | Mindful Mosaics Open Studio (Q2) | 7th-Adult | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$210.00 $189.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Mindful Mosaics is run as a studio art class where students create unique compositions and work at their own pace under the guidance of an experienced mosaic artist. Each quarter, students are taught new design, cutting, layout, and finishing techniques and are introduced to new mosaic materials which they can incorporate into inspired, original pieces. The instructor can suggest possible themes for projects based on the featured materials, but most students work on individual projects that reflect their own interests, hobbies, or decor. Students who are new to mosaics will complete a quick checkerboard project (complete with wooden checkers) to teach pattern, layout, and lines before starting an individual projects. For each project, students will choose from a variety of substrates- rectangular, square, shaped, or circular backboards (typically first-year students), or special forms or 3D objects (experienced students). Each project will expand a student's understanding of color, pattern, rhythm, texture, and spacing as they complete rich, dimensioned compositions. Students will be able to incorporate other glass, ceramic, and porcelain tiles into their projects and may select feature elements such as beautiful glass gems, millefiori, sliced stone, metallic ornaments, mirrored bits, or shells, to serve as focal points in their mosaic piece. The mosaic can be monochromatic, complimentary, or contrasting colors. A broad pallet of colors is always available, and new colors are added each quarter to reflect the season. Students will develop a skillset for mosaic artistry over multiple quarters or years. As each student demonstrates mastery of basic skills, safety, and artistic expression, that student will be taught advanced techniques, materials, tools, composition, and color theory. A typical progression in mosaics is: (1) Whole tiles in symmetric design on a flat, rectangular substrate with emphasis on proper spacing and adhesion; (2) Tile cut with nippers in themed design and individual color choices on a flat wood substrate; (3) Sheet glass cut with pistol grip, breaking, and/or running pliers with emphasis on composition, color, and design on a flat or curved substrate; (4) Progress to 3D substrate and advanced adhesives; (5) Learn porcelain and ceramic cutting, special adhesives, and advanced design. Note:There is no prerequisite for this class. The number of projects completed each quarter depends on the student's work speed and attendance in class. Compass parents are welcome to register for the class to work alongside their teens, or to work on their own, while their teen is in another Compass class. Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hours per week outside of class. Assessments: will not be given. Materials Fees: All material fees are due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class by cash, check or electronic payment. Materials used vary depending on a student's experience with mosaic. Beginner Material Fee: $55.00 for a selection of Beginner Materials, including: vitreous glass, ceramic, mini, eco recycled glass, beach glass, glitter glass, glass gems, ceramic pebble, shells, metallic crystal, subway glass Adhesive: weld bond Grout: bone or charcoal color Cutters: wheeled tile nippers Substrate: 2D/Flat 12" x 12",10" x 10", 8" X 8", 4" X 4", framed mirrors, ornament shapes Advanced Material Fee: $65.00 for a selection of Advanced Materials including: All Beginner Materials plus, iridized glass, cathedral sheet glass, opaque sheet glass, color fusion, millefiori, Van Gogh glass, natural stone and minerals, special effects glass, water glass, colored mirror, illumination glass, china plates, rhinestone, ball chain Adhesives: weld bond, thin-set mortar, silicone Grout: Custom colors (purple, rose, green, blue, earth, orange) Cutters: wheeled tile nippers, porcelain hand tool, hand file, pistol grip, beetle bits cutting system Substrates: All flat shapes plus, 3D forms (egg, sphere, cone, pyramid, etc.), cut out sentiments, trays, glass bottle, mini sleds, flower pot, picture frame, sun catcher. Additional Fee: There may be additional fees for premium materials such as tesserae (by request and consultation with instructor), mother of pearl, 24 kt gold tiles (market rate), or specially cut substrates. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Fine Arts for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Tue | Misunderstood Minions: Middle School Role Playing Club (Q2) | 7th-8th | Judith Harmon | 8 |
$139.00 $125.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Embark on a imaginative afternoon journey with "Misunderstood Minions!" This engaging club is for middle school students who adore fiction tales, creative adventures, and the thrill of tabletop role-playing games. During each club meeting, the group will weave a captivating story where each participant takes on the roles of villains, heroes, and "henchmen"- the mad minions who carry out an evil plot. Each meeting presents a new chapter, filled with challenges, mysteries, and opportunities for mischief. Tweens will unleash their creativity and collaborate with others to shape the adventure, solve puzzles, and make decisions to advance the story. The club is facilitated by an experienced game master Judith Harmon, author of the "Misunderstood Minions" gaming framework, who will guide students through the art of role-playing. Tweens will connect and form friendships with other middle schoolers who share a love of exaggerated stories and imaginative play- in person! This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, flexible, and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and can work collaboratively in a group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. This is not an "anything goes" or free-for-all class. Previous role-playing experience is not required, but this club serves as a great introduction for tweens and teens who might be interested in embarking on Dungeons and Dragons.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Modeling the Great Conquests: Charlemagne Builds an Empire | 6th-8th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$192.00 $172.80 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
How does one king unite a broken continent? Discover the rise of Charlemagne, from constant warfare and clever diplomacy to his crowning as Emperor of a new Roman Empire. He expanded his rule across much of Europe through relentless campaigns and strategic alliances. Explore how his conquests and reforms sparked the Carolingian Renaissance, transforming learning, writing, and communication. Students will choose from among several options for their diorama: a battlefield, seaports, or a medieval town. Using artistic model-making techniques, hand tools, and historical maps, students will create a 12" X 18" diorama board and populate it with 1:72 scale historical figures. Once individual projects are constructed, students will combine their dioramas alongside those of their classmates to approximate a larger battlefield terrain. Students will spend the remainder of the quarter learning about the tactics and outcomes of the military engagement while playing a table-top strategy game. Student strategists will use a simplified version of the Fire and Fury historical war gaming rule system for moving troops and equipment. Along with their classmates, students will see how battles progressed and test different outcome scenarios that might have occurred with different battlefield choices. Students will also receive dozens of miniatures to re-enact the historical battles! Course documents, such as period maps, game rules and all other instructional media will be available via a Google Drive link which will be emailed to parents. There is a $25.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the start of classes. Topics in this series include: Vikings Invade Europe(Quarter 1), Charlemagne Builds an Empire (Quarter 2), Pirates Plunder the New World (Quarter 3), Napoleon Falls at Waterloo (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Money Matters: Invest & Grow (Personal Finance)- 1PM | 7th-8th | Iman Barzinji | 12 |
$185.00 $166.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Cash rules everything around us, from snacks and shoes, concert tickets and clothes, and the future ahead. "A penny saved is a penny earned," but small choices now can lead to big results later. If "money makes the world go 'round", how can you plan for the future? What decisions can you make now to reach your goals? Second quarter, students will examine how money grows and how it can also be lost through everyday financial decisions. They will be introduced to investing concepts, including stocks, bonds, and mutual funds, while exploring the relationship between risk and reward. Students will see how compound interest builds wealth over time and participate in a stock market simulation to apply their learning. In addition, they will study basic economic principles like supply and demand and how those forces influence prices and choices. The unit also covers credit, including how credit scores are built, the differences between payment methods, and the true cost of borrowing. Students will evaluate good versus bad debt and learn practical strategies for avoiding financial pitfalls, including scams and identity theft. Students will participate in simulations such as a stock market game, analyze case studies, and engage in discussions about real-world financial scenarios. Activities such as role-playing borrowing decisions, identifying scams, and completing interactive challenges will help students apply concepts in meaningful ways. Topics in this series include: Earn & Spend (Quarter 1), Invest & Grown(Quarter 2), Create & Launch (Quarter 3), and Dream & Achieve (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Money Matters: Invest & Grow (Personal Finance)- 2PM | 7th-8th | Iman Barzinji | 12 |
$185.00 $166.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Cash rules everything around us, from snacks and shoes, concert tickets and clothes, and the future ahead. "A penny saved is a penny earned," but small choices now can lead to big results later. If "money makes the world go 'round", how can you plan for the future? What decisions can you make now to reach your goals? Second quarter, students will examine how money grows and how it can also be lost through everyday financial decisions. They will be introduced to investing concepts, including stocks, bonds, and mutual funds, while exploring the relationship between risk and reward. Students will see how compound interest builds wealth over time and participate in a stock market simulation to apply their learning. In addition, they will study basic economic principles like supply and demand and how those forces influence prices and choices. The unit also covers credit, including how credit scores are built, the differences between payment methods, and the true cost of borrowing. Students will evaluate good versus bad debt and learn practical strategies for avoiding financial pitfalls, including scams and identity theft. Students will participate in simulations such as a stock market game, analyze case studies, and engage in discussions about real-world financial scenarios. Activities such as role-playing borrowing decisions, identifying scams, and completing interactive challenges will help students apply concepts in meaningful ways. Topics in this series include: Earn & Spend (Quarter 1), Invest & Grown(Quarter 2), Create & Launch (Quarter 3), and Dream & Achieve (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Mystery Disease Diagnosis- Foul Fungus | 7th-8th | Kate Sparks | 12 |
$185.00 $166.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Can you crack the case before time runs out? Each week, students are presented with a new medical mystery. Armed with clues like a patient's age, symptoms, and history, they must ask the right diagnostic questions to uncover what is really going on. Has this patient traveled out of the country? Has he eaten a new food? Does she have a fever, rash, or weight loss? As they narrow down the possibilities, students will determine whether the illness is bacterial, viral, fungal, or parasitic while learning how diseases spread, how they are treated, and how they can be prevented. Second quarter, the mystery patients will be suffering from fungal infections. A partial list of featured diseases includes: Ringworm (Tinea), Candidiasis (Candida albicans), Valley Fever (Coccidioidomycosis).Lab activities will utilize safe, lab-friendly organisms (e.g., non-pathogenic bacteria, yeast, and prepared slides). Topics in this series include: Baffling Bacteria (Quarter 1), Foul Fungus (Quarter 2), Vile Viruses (Quarter 3), and Pesky Parasites (Quarter 4). There is a $25.00 lab fee due payable to the instructor on/before the start of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 3:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Wed | Oui Love French Club (Q2) | 4th-8th | Edwige Pinover | 10 |
$148.00 $133.20 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Parlez-vous fun? Whether you are a seasoned francophone or simply a fan of all things French, this lively club is your passport to language, culture, and connection. Students will practice conversational French in a relaxed, welcoming setting while diving into games, short TV clips, current events, and even French cartoons. From bonjour to bon appetit, every meeting offers something new to explore. Throughout the quarter, members will celebrate French culture and traditions, learning about holidays, customs, and everyday life across the French-speaking world. And because no French experience is complete without food, the club will head to the kitchen once or twice each quarter to prepare (and enjoy!) classic treats like crepes, madeleines, and macarons. Come for the conversation- stay for the culture, camaraderie, and cuisine!
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 14 | 10:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | Outbreak! The Microbiology of Disease: Bacteria & Fungus | 9th-12th | Kate Sparks | 2 | $475.00 |
Out of breath, sudden fever, rash! What could be wrong with this patient? This class is a case-based approach to the many infectious diseases that humans share and contract from domestic animals. Each week, students will be introduced to a new pathogen. The class will integrate principles of microbiology, immunology, physiology, and pharmacology within the framework of each epidemic. We will also discuss the historical, economic, and societal impacts that plagues and pestilence resulting from these infectious agents have wrought over the course of recorded history. First semester lectures and labs will introduce the basic microbiology and diseases caused by bacteria and fugus, an introduction to the immune system, and antibiotic therapy/resistance. Cases will include zoonotic diseases such as Bubonic Plague, Lyme Disease, Mad Cow Disease, Anthrax, and many others! The class will include laboratory activities in microbiologic techniques. Students will become familiar with principles of laboratory safety, light microscopy, biologic stains, culture techniques, and common immunologic tests. Topics in this Series: Bacteria & Fungus (Semester 1), Viruses and Parasites (Semester 2), etc. Prerequisites: Although previous classwork in Biology and Chemistry will be helpful, they are not prerequisites. Schedule: This is a 12-week class that will not meet on October 12. Levels: This class will be offered on two levels: Honors and On-Level. All class members share core material and participate in the same labs. Honors students will be assigned additional readings, homework questions, and lab reports. Students register online for the same course but must indicate which level they wish to study at via e-mail by August 15. Students may move down a level (from Honors to On-Level) at any time. However, once classes have started, students may not "bump up" a level. This is a 12-week class, with a non-meeting day of 10/12/26. Workload: On-level students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week on assigned readings and lab reports. Honors students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week on work outside of the classroom. Assignments: All students will be expected to keep a lab manual for notetaking, lab reports, and assigned homework questions. Weekly readings will be documented in the course syllabus. Assessments: At the end of the semester, the instructor will review student notebooks and assign numerical scores to their notebooks, if requested, for the parents use in assigning letter grades. Textbook: Students should have access Microbiology: An Introduction (13th Edition) by Tortora, Funke, and Case, published by Pearson. It is available as a pre-owned hardcover book (978-0134605180), or through digital access as an e-textbook or e-book. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $100.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Lab Science for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:00 pm | 12:50 pm | Tue | Outdoor Science 3-4: Fall Q2 | 3rd-4th | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$140.00 $126.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Step outdoors and into nature's living laboratory! This outdoor science class immerses students in real-world field study where the woods, streams, and wetlands become the classroom. Each week, explorers will practice the methods of natural scientists as they investigate ecology, geology, zoology (local wildlife), botany (plants), ornithology (birds), mycology (fungi), and entomology (insects), in our own suburban ecosystem. Students will observe natural systems in action as they examine life cycles, the water cycle, and the local watershed; explore suburban wetlands; and uncover the balance between producers, consumers, and decomposers, as well as predator- prey relationships and food webs. Seasonal cycles will guide discoveries as young naturalists watch habitats transform and learn how plants and animals adapt throughout the year. Each week, students will explore the southern section of Sugarland Stream Valley Park in Herndon with a senior naturalist and outdoor educator. This program offers a refreshing break from sit-down, indoor, and screen-based learning,encouraging movement, fresh air, curiosity, and hands-on discovery. Students will learn to stop, look, listen, smell, touch, turn things over, and peek beneath the surface to uncover nature's hidden wonders. A portion of every session will focus on developing confidence and comfort in the outdoors. Emphasis will be placed on safe, respectful, and responsible exploration, environmental stewardship, and appreciating what we find in nature. Students will also enjoy nature-based games that reinforce teamwork and exploration skills. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 12:00 pm | 12:50 pm | Wed | Outdoor Science 5-6: Fall Q2 | 5th-6th | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$140.00 $126.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Step outdoors and into nature's living laboratory! This outdoor science class immerses students in real-world field study where the woods, streams, and wetlands become the classroom. Each week, explorers will practice the methods of natural scientists as they investigate ecology, geology, zoology (local wildlife), botany (plants), ornithology (birds), mycology (fungi), and entomology (insects), in our own suburban ecosystem. Students will observe natural systems in action as they examine life cycles, the water cycle, and the local watershed; explore suburban wetlands; and uncover the balance between producers, consumers, and decomposers, as well as predator- prey relationships and food webs. Seasonal cycles will guide discoveries as young naturalists watch habitats transform and learn how plants and animals adapt throughout the year. Each week, students will explore the southern section of Sugarland Stream Valley Park in Herndon with a senior naturalist and outdoor educator. This program offers a refreshing break from sit-down, indoor, and screen-based learning,encouraging movement, fresh air, curiosity, and hands-on discovery. Students will learn to stop, look, listen, smell, touch, turn things over, and peek beneath the surface to uncover nature's hidden wonders. A portion of every session will focus on developing confidence and comfort in the outdoors. Emphasis will be placed on safe, respectful, and responsible exploration, environmental stewardship, and appreciating what we find in nature. Students will also enjoy nature-based games that reinforce teamwork and exploration skills. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 11:00 am | 11:50 am | Tue | Outdoor Science K-2: Fall Q2 (TUE) | K-2nd | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$140.00 $126.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Step outdoors and into nature's living laboratory! This outdoor science class immerses students in real-world field study where the woods, streams, and wetlands become the classroom. Each week, explorers will practice the methods of natural scientists as they investigate ecology, geology, zoology (local wildlife), botany (plants), ornithology (birds), mycology (fungi), and entomology (insects), in our own suburban ecosystem. Students will observe natural systems in action as they examine life cycles, the water cycle, and the local watershed; explore suburban wetlands; and uncover the balance between producers, consumers, and decomposers, as well as predator- prey relationships and food webs. Seasonal cycles will guide discoveries as young naturalists watch habitats transform and learn how plants and animals adapt throughout the year. Each week, students will explore the southern section of Sugarland Stream Valley Park in Herndon with a senior naturalist and outdoor educator. This program offers a refreshing break from sit-down, indoor, and screen-based learning,encouraging movement, fresh air, curiosity, and hands-on discovery. Students will learn to stop, look, listen, smell, touch, turn things over, and peek beneath the surface to uncover nature's hidden wonders. A portion of every session will focus on developing confidence and comfort in the outdoors. Emphasis will be placed on safe, respectful, and responsible exploration, environmental stewardship, and appreciating what we find in nature. Students will also enjoy nature-based games that reinforce teamwork and exploration skills. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 11:00 am | 11:50 am | Wed | Outdoor Science K-2: Fall Q2 (WED) | K-2nd | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$140.00 $126.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Step outdoors and into nature's living laboratory! This outdoor science class immerses students in real-world field study where the woods, streams, and wetlands become the classroom. Each week, explorers will practice the methods of natural scientists as they investigate ecology, geology, zoology (local wildlife), botany (plants), ornithology (birds), mycology (fungi), and entomology (insects), in our own suburban ecosystem. Students will observe natural systems in action as they examine life cycles, the water cycle, and the local watershed; explore suburban wetlands; and uncover the balance between producers, consumers, and decomposers, as well as predator- prey relationships and food webs. Seasonal cycles will guide discoveries as young naturalists watch habitats transform and learn how plants and animals adapt throughout the year. Each week, students will explore the southern section of Sugarland Stream Valley Park in Herndon with a senior naturalist and outdoor educator. This program offers a refreshing break from sit-down, indoor, and screen-based learning,encouraging movement, fresh air, curiosity, and hands-on discovery. Students will learn to stop, look, listen, smell, touch, turn things over, and peek beneath the surface to uncover nature's hidden wonders. A portion of every session will focus on developing confidence and comfort in the outdoors. Emphasis will be placed on safe, respectful, and responsible exploration, environmental stewardship, and appreciating what we find in nature. Students will also enjoy nature-based games that reinforce teamwork and exploration skills. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 1:00 pm | 2:50 pm | Wed | Outdoor Survivor 3-4: Fall Q2 | 3rd-4th | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$280.00 $252.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Venture outdoors each week to explore the woods with a senior naturalist and mentor while learning valuable survival skills. Students will learn how to construct a temporary shelter, make cordage, craft a bow and arrow, identify edible plants, track animals, and purify water. The group will learn knife safety and skills like whittling a spoon and spatula; how to use maps and compass (orienteering), and basic first aid. Students will practice animal and plant identification and will catch and identify macro-invertebrates to determine stream health (outdoor temperatures permitting.) Emphasis will be on becoming comfortable with things you encounter outdoors, safe exploration of the woods, how to be a good steward of nature, and what to do if you ever became lost or injured in the woods. Skills will be reintroduced and adapted each each quarter because the available plants, animals, materials, and water sources change with each season. Students will have a blast, develop greater self-confidence, and build a strong connection to nature and to the real world! Explorations in the woods is for enrolled students only, and tag-along parents and siblings cannot be accommodated. For information on where the class meets, what to wear, and inclement weather, see the webpage for Compass's Outdoor Classes. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 2:50 pm | Tue | Outdoor Survivor 5-6: Fall Q2 | 5th-6th | Sevim Kalyoncu | 10 |
$280.00 $252.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Venture outdoors each week to explore the woods with a senior naturalist and mentor while learning valuable survival skills. Students will learn how to construct a temporary shelter, make cordage, craft a bow and arrow, identify edible plants, track animals, and purify water. The group will learn knife safety and skills like whittling a spoon and spatula; how to use maps and compass (orienteering), and basic first aid. Students will practice animal and plant identification and will catch and identify macro-invertebrates to determine stream health (outdoor temperatures permitting.) Emphasis will be on becoming comfortable with things you encounter outdoors, safe exploration of the woods, how to be a good steward of nature, and what to do if you ever became lost or injured in the woods. Skills will be reintroduced and adapted each each quarter because the available plants, animals, materials, and water sources change with each season. Students will have a blast, develop greater self-confidence, and build a strong connection to nature and to the real world! Explorations in the woods is for enrolled students only, and tag-along parents and siblings cannot be accommodated. For information on where the class meets, what to wear, and inclement weather, see the webpage for Compass's Outdoor Classes. See Compass's Outdoor Classes webpage for more information on meeting location, what to bring, what to wear, inclement weather, and more.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 11 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Fri | Political Science through Current Events (Sem 1) | 9th-12th | Dr. Albert Thompson | 4 | $352.00 |
Seventy-seven percent of Americans ages 18 - 34 do not recognize either senator from their home state and 53 percent of millennials cannot name even one US Supreme Court justice. Yet there are celebrities from Hollywood, the NFL, and the music industry who have a recognition rate of 98%. Why are so many young Americans disconnected and disinterested in politics, government, economics, and most current events? One reason may be because these subjects seem dull and dated. They require looking backward and may appear devoid of things teens care about. Yet, an understanding of these issues is what is needed to ensure engaged, informed citizens who understand our country's policies and politics. This course will examine the top stories and news of the day and put them in the context of our political institutions and free enterprise system. The class will select topics and trends from the news and evaluate what is "really" behind them. Migrants gathering along our southern border: Can a president change our immigration policy? Mounting student loan burden: Can Congress erase the debt? Governors failing their states: What is a recall? This class will help students understand current events and contemporary controversies by connecting them to the building blocks of political science: American history, government, politics, and economics. This class will employ a Socratic method of teaching. Students should be active, engaged contributors, who come to class prepared to participate in weekly discussions. Each class meeting will be approximately 2/3 discussion of current topics and 1/3 discussion/lecture on connecting the issue to relevant principles in political science and public policy. Students will be assigned weekly readings or short news videos/documentaries which will provide background and context on the issues they are discussing. Prerequisites: None Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class on homework. Assignments: Assignments will consist of reading newspapers or magazine articles, viewing newsclips, and replying to online prompts. PDF articles and assigned links will be posted in the class Canvas portal. Assessments: Points will be awarded for the class participation and online responses to class discussion and prompts.Parents can assign a grade based on the number of points earned as compared to the number of points available. Textbook/Materials: Students should subscribe to the Washington Post, New York Times, or Wall Street Journal where they will read current topics. In addition, students will each select an online, independent newspaper from a secondary market to follow. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as partial credit in Humanities/Social Studies for purposes of a high school transcript. (Full credit for both semesters)
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Power-Up Parkour for Kids (Q2) | 4th-6th | MindShift Gym | 12 |
$167.00 $150.30 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Ready to leap, vault, and move like a real-life ninja or superhero? In this action-packed parkour class, students learn to tackle obstacles with speed, control, and confidence as they run, jump, and climb through structured challenges. Along the way, they build strength, coordination, and focus while channeling big energy into smart, controlled movement. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. Sandals, crocs, flip-flops or slides may not be worn. Power-Up Parkour continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness and agility. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Year long | Sep 14 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Mon, Thu | Precalculus | 10th-12th | David Chelf | 3 | $1157.00 |
This is a complete course in high school PreCalculus which will cover fundamental concepts and provide a solid foundation of mathematical literacy, problem solving, reasoning, and critical thinking skills that are necessary for the exploration of more advanced and rigorous topics in mathematics. Topics in Precalculus include functions: polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric (right angle and unit circle). In addition, the course will cover polar coordinates, parametric equations, analytic trigonometry, vectors, systems of equations/inequalities, conic sections, sequences, and series. Students will explore these topics through class discussions, practice problems, and open-ended problem solving. Prerequisite: Students should have a solid foundation Algebra I, Algebra II, and Geometry in order to take this class. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-1.5 hours per day on reading, review, and homework on most non-class days. Homework assignments will run on a 7-day cycle, with assignments posted on Thursdays and due the following Thursday. Students are advised to start homework once it is assigned (i.e., not wait until the night before it is due). Weekly homework assignments will be of a length that a student should be able to complete them in two or three at-home work sessions. Solutions will be provided for some homework problems, but students are expected to show all steps of their work. Assignments: The Canvas online class management system will be used to post assignments and scores. Students should have their own e-mail address in order to be set up as users of the Canvas system. Parents can also be set up as Canvas guests/observers for purposes of tracking the student's progress and workload. Assessments: Student progress will be assessed by: (1) The instructor checking that weekly homework sets are attempted and complete and (2) detailed grading of periodic take-home tests. Parents will be able to view accumulated points awarded in the class for the purpose of determining a parent-awarded course grade. See the instructor's webpage for detailed homework and test policy, including late work and re-work. Textbook: Students should purchase or rent the required textbook for this class: Precalculus: Mathematics for Calculus, 7th edition by Stewart, Redlin, and Watson (ISBN-13: 978-1305115309). A scientific calculator similar to the Casio fx-115ES PLUS is required for this class. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a complete credit in Precalculus for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Algebra II |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Preschool Art Adventures: Super Shapes | 3-1/2- 5 years | Natalia Malley | 10 |
$170.00 $153.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Big creativity for little hands! This playful, hands-on Circles, squares, triangles, and more come to life in this fun-filled art adventure! Second quarter, students will learn recognize, create, and combine shapes while building confidence and creativity through playful Students must be at least 3-1/2 years old and able to separate and participate independently in a small group setting. There is a $20.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series include: Creative Color (Q1), Super Shapes (Q2), Terrific Texture (Q3), and Fun with Forms (Q4).
|
1 | |
| Year long | Sep 14 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Mon, Thu | Probability & Statistics (On-Level or Honors) | 10th-12th | David Chelf | 3 | $1157.00 |
The odds of winning the Powerball jackpot are 1 in 292 million. 77% of teens ages 12-17 have cell phones. One out of every two youth voters cast a ballot in 2020. From election polls to stock market data and weather reports to medical test results, statistics and probability are all around us. They are quoted in the podcasts we listen to, the news we watch, and the textbooks and articles we read. Statistics and probability are used in almost every field of study and career for forecasting, decision making, and tracking progress. In 2021-22, the government will release a tsunami of 2020 census statistics about our country's population. (Coincidentally, the odds of a tsunami hitting the east coast- less than the Powerball win.) But statistics and probability are also often misused, misquoted or incorrectly applied, so having a solid understanding of what these numbers represent will help make teens informed consumers and decision-makers. This course will explore the collection and analysis of data, inferences and conclusions, and the use of this information. Themes include relationships between variables, gathering data, interpreting categorical versus quantitative data. The class will also cover sample surveys, experiments, and observational studies and evaluate randomness and probability. Finally, students will learn about making inferences, justifying conclusions, and using probability to make decisions. Prerequisite: Students should have a solid foundation in Algebra I and Geometry in order to take this class. It is an ideal class for a student who needs an additional credit in high school math, but who may not wish to pursue more advanced mathematics courses such as Algebra II and Pre-Calculus. Levels: The course provides a substantive, full-credit experience on either an Honors or On-Level track. All class members share core material and participate in the same class lectures. Honors students will receive additional, more challenging problems. Students register online for the same course but must indicate which level they wish to follow by the first day of class. Students may move down a level (from Honors to On-Level) at any time. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-1.5 hours per day on reading, review, and homework on most non-class days. Homework assignments will run on a 7-day cycle, with assignments posted on Thursdays and due the following Thursday. Students are advised to start homework once it is assigned (i.e., not wait until the night before it is due). Weekly homework assignments will be of a length that a student should be able to complete them in two or three at-home work sessions. Solutions will be provided for some homework problems, but students are expected to show all steps of their work. Assignments: The Canvas online class management system will be used to post assignments and scores. Students should have their own e-mail address in order to be set up as users of the Canvas system. Parents can also be set up as Canvas guests/observers for purposes of tracking the student's progress and workload. Assessments: Student progress will be assessed by: (1) The instructor checking that weekly homework sets are attempted and complete and (2) detailed grading of periodic take-home tests. Parents will be able to view accumulated points awarded in the class for the purpose of determining a parent-awarded course grade. See the instructor's webpage for detailed homework and test policy, including late work and re-work. Textbook: The required textbook for this class is "Stats In Your World" 1st edition by David E. Bock (ISBN-13: 978-0131384897). Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a complete credit in Probability & Statistics for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Algebra I |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Programming Projects: Scratch Coding | 1st-3rd | Michele Forsythe | 12 |
$189.00 $170.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Every parent knows that kids are curious, captivated, and quick to learn technology-based products. Programming Projects builds on that curiosity to introduce computer science basics, problem-solving, and computational thinking through play-based learning. Second quarter, students will enjoy a fun, intuitive introduction to computer coding with Scratch. Scratch is an open source graphical programming language created by MIT. It uses 'blocks' of pre-written code that students rearrange and manipulate to customize their own interactive stories and characters. They will create short animations by learning to link blocks of script (programming instructions). Students will learn to compile the instructions to control and change onscreen elements such as graphics, text, photos, sound effects, and animated characters. Young coders will use logic and computational reasoning while learning to manipulate variables. They will be able to access this same platform at home and continue with what learned in class. Learn more about Scratch here https://scratch.mit.edu/parents Note: Students must be minimum age 6. Kindergartners may not enroll. There is a $20.00 technology use fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day. Topics in this series include: Sphero indi Robotic Cars (Quarter 1), Scratch Coding (Quarter 2), Sphero Robotic Ball Quarter 3) and Tinkercad Design (Quarter 4) Prerequisites: Minimum age 6 (kindergartners may not enroll) |
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 14 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | Python Programming: Beginner | 8th-12th | Sandy Preaux | 1 | $318.00 |
Do you want to learn the world's fastest growing programming language that is used by Google, NASA, YouTube and the CIA? Python is a versatile, easy-to-learn beginner-level programming language and gateway to foundational concepts in computer science. First semester, students will learn the fundamental building blocks of programming and develop the ability to write clear, functional, and readable scripts. Beginning with the concept of algorithms and logical thinking, students will explore how programs are structured using variables, data types, and user input/output. As they progress, they will apply mathematical operations, Boolean logic, and conditional statements to control program flow and create interactive experiences such as text-based adventures and decision-making programs. Students will then expand their skills with loops, learning how to repeat actions efficiently, and functions, which allow them to organize and reuse code effectively. Throughout the semester, students will also be introduced to basic graphics, using code to generate visual designs and patterns. This is a highly hands-on course, with frequent coding exercises and projects including calculators, games, and creative programs, as well as opportunities to practice debugging and problem-solving. The semester culminates in a midterm and final project, where students design and build their own interactive programs, demonstrating both technical skill and thoughtful program design. Prerequisites:Completion of Algebra I Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class reading and completing projects. Assignments: All assignments and readings will be posted on password-protected Canvas classroom management site. Assessments:Completed assignments, projects, and participation will be assessed points. Parents can calculate a letter grade using the student's points earned divided by points available. Parents may view all scoring and comments at any time through the Canvas site. What to Bring: Paper or notebook, pen or pencil, and laptop. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count both semesters of this course as a half credit in technology or a career exploration election. Prerequisites: Algebra I |
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 09 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Reading Rally: Language Arts Adventure- Level 2A | 2nd-3rd | Liza Hayes | 4 | $329.00 |
If your child is going to read, let's make it unforgettable. Rich stories, vivid characters, and books they actually want to open. No dry passages. No busywork. Just real literature that pulls them in and keeps them thinking long after the last page. Strong reading and writing skills do not just matter in language arts. They drive success across every subject. This dynamic weekly reading group is built for small cohorts of 6 to 10 students working at a similar level. The setting allows kids to feel confident, appropriately challenged, and genuinely engaged. Guided by an experienced language arts teacher, students move through a literature-based curriculum that connects everything they learn. In this class, books are the center of it all. Vocabulary grows naturally from the story. Grammar is taught in context. Writing assignments are meaningful and tied directly to characters, themes, and ideas. The result is a cohesive and immersive approach to language arts that sticks. Each week, students explore engaging texts while building critical skills such as comprehension, prediction, visualization, and verbal expression. Reading should feel like an adventure. In this class, it is. Books covered in this level include:
Semester 2:
Placement: Readiness matters. Because this is a comprehensive program, students should be working at a similar level in reading, comprehension, and writing. Parents are encouraged to use results from a nationally normed assessment, such as those used for the Virginia Evidence of Progress to confirm their child's grade level equivalency. This program is designed for students who thrive in a traditional literature-based setting. Students who are more than one year behind in language arts, or who show a significant gap between reading and writing skills, may be better supported in the Reading Ready program or through private tutoring. Students with diagnosed learning differences such as dyslexia, dysgraphia, ADHD, or language processing disorders may benefit more from the structured literacy approach offered in the Reading Ready program. Homework: Learning continues at home in a simple, manageable way. Families receive themed activities that reinforce skills without adding stress. For many learners, Reading Rally can serve as a complete language arts program, covering reading, comprehension, writing, spelling, and grammar without the need for additional curriculum. Supply Fee: There is a supply of $26.00 due first semester ($31.00 for second semester) due payable to Compass on/before the first day of class for the semester set of books.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 09 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Reading Rally: Language Arts Adventure- Level 3A | 3rd-4th | Liza Hayes | 3 | $329.00 |
If your child is going to read, let's make it unforgettable. Rich stories, vivid characters, and books they actually want to open. No dry passages. No busywork. Just real literature that pulls them in and keeps them thinking long after the last page. Strong reading and writing skills do not just matter in language arts. They drive success across every subject. This dynamic weekly reading group is built for small cohorts of 6 to 10 students working at a similar level. The setting allows kids to feel confident, appropriately challenged, and genuinely engaged. Guided by an experienced language arts teacher, students move through a literature-based curriculum that connects everything they learn. In this class, books are the center of it all. Vocabulary grows naturally from the story. Grammar is taught in context. Writing assignments are meaningful and tied directly to characters, themes, and ideas. The result is a cohesive and immersive approach to language arts that sticks. Each week, students explore engaging texts while building critical skills such as comprehension, prediction, visualization, and verbal expression. Reading should feel like an adventure. In this class, it is. Books covered in this level include:
Semester 2:
Placement: Readiness matters. Because this is a comprehensive program, students should be working at a similar level in reading, comprehension, and writing. Parents are encouraged to use results from a nationally normed assessment, such as those used for the Virginia Evidence of Progress to confirm their child's grade level equivalency. This program is designed for students who thrive in a traditional literature-based setting. Students who are more than one year behind in language arts, or who show a significant gap between reading and writing skills, may be better supported in the Reading Ready program or through private tutoring. Students with diagnosed learning differences such as dyslexia, dysgraphia, ADHD, or language processing disorders may benefit more from the structured literacy approach offered in the Reading Ready program. Homework: Learning continues at home in a simple, manageable way. Families receive themed activities that reinforce skills without adding stress. For many learners, Reading Rally can serve as a complete language arts program, covering reading, comprehension, writing, spelling, and grammar without the need for additional curriculum. Supply Fee: There is a supply of $29.00 due first semester ($32.00 for second semester) due payable to Compass on/before the first day of class for the semester set of books.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 09 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Reading Rally: Language Arts Adventure- Level 6A | 6th-7th | Liza Hayes | 1 | $329.00 |
If your child is going to read, let's make it unforgettable. Rich stories, vivid characters, and books they actually want to open. No dry passages. No busywork. Just real literature that pulls them in and keeps them thinking long after the last page. Strong reading and writing skills do not just matter in language arts. They drive success across every subject. This dynamic weekly reading group is built for small cohorts of 6 to 10 students working at a similar level. The setting allows kids to feel confident, appropriately challenged, and genuinely engaged. Guided by an experienced language arts teacher, students move through a literature-based curriculum that connects everything they learn. In this class, books are the center of it all. Vocabulary grows naturally from the story. Grammar is taught in context. Writing assignments are meaningful and tied directly to characters, themes, and ideas. The result is a cohesive and immersive approach to language arts that sticks. Each week, students explore engaging texts while building critical skills such as comprehension, prediction, visualization, and verbal expression. Reading should feel like an adventure. In this class, it is. Books covered in this level include:
Semester 2:
Pajamas Placement: Readiness matters. Because this is a comprehensive program, students should be working at a similar level in reading, comprehension, and writing. Parents are encouraged to use results from a nationally normed assessment, such as those used for the Virginia Evidence of Progress to confirm their child's grade level equivalency. This program is designed for students who thrive in a traditional literature-based setting. Students who are more than one year behind in language arts, or who show a significant gap between reading and writing skills, may be better supported in the Reading Ready program or through private tutoring. Students with diagnosed learning differences such as dyslexia, dysgraphia, ADHD, or language processing disorders may benefit more from the structured literacy approach offered in the Reading Ready program. Homework: Learning continues at home in a simple, manageable way. Families receive themed activities that reinforce skills without adding stress. For many learners, Reading Rally can serve as a complete language arts program, covering reading, comprehension, writing, spelling, and grammar without the need for additional curriculum. Supply Fee: There is a supply of $31.00 due first semester ($36.00 for second semester) due payable to Compass on/before the first day of class for the semester set of books.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Restaurant Rewinds for Tweens (Q2) | 7th-8th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$189.00 $170.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Skip the takeout and make it yourself! Many of your favorite restaurant dishes can be recreated right at home with fresh ingredients and full control over what goes into your food. By cooking them yourself, you can avoid preservatives and additives while cutting costs. Get the flavor of dining out without ever leaving your kitchen.This quarter, Compass chefs will make:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. These engaging cooking classes will get students excited about helping in the kitchen, experimenting, and trying new foods. Students will be exposed to healthy ingredients they may not regularly eat. They will learn important kitchen skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary and terms are introduced each week, with no-pressure verbal review of those words the following week. Notes: (1) Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements:For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Robot Fab Lab: Sumo Bot (TUE) | 5th-6th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$184.00 $165.60 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Student engineers will be challenged to design, build, and program a Sumo robot to compete in compete in table-top combat. Will the robotic sumo wrestler be able to shove a full can or topple an opponent with the use of motors, sensors, and articulated components? Student engineers will be challenged to design, build, and program a robot to complete several unique mazes in the fastest possible time. Students will learn to program their robots to make "decisions" when exploring an unfamiliar maze such as "go straight until you encounter a wall" and "turn to the right if you run into an obstacle." Students will use the LEGO MINDSTORMS Education EV3 robotics sets. They will build with motors, wheels/axles, gears, levers, and special components. Students will have to install touch, sound, color, gyro, ultrasonic, and/or infrared sensors while also learning to program sequences and commands that use input/output devices for controlled movements and precise turns. Using the drag-and-drop EV3 programming menu, students will learn to program their robots while experimenting with key concepts such as fixed values, variables, loops, and logic constructs. This course integrates science, engineering and computational thinking while introducing physical constraints, units of measurement, and coordinate systems. But, don't worry, this is a beginning robotics class. Prior experience is not expected, but returning students are welcome. Each student will build his/her own robotic project, so students can progress and customize at their own pace. In general, in this class, students will spend two weeks assembling, three weeks programming, and two weeks testing and re-designing. Topics in this Series: Maze Runner (Quarter 1), Sumo Bots (Quarter 2), Mars Rover (Quarter 3), and Explore Atlantis (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 26 | 2:00 pm | 3:55 pm | Mon | Roleplayers' Realm: D & D Club (Q2) | 8th-12th | Taliesin Knol | 10 |
$206.00 $185.40 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Step into a world of imagination, strategy, and storytelling! In this club, teens will work together to create characters, explore fantasy worlds, and go on epic adventures using the popular tabletop roleplaying game, Dungeons & Dragons. Through creative problem-solving, teamwork, and storytelling, members will learn the basics of the game while building friendships and having fun. No experience is needed-just a sense of adventure! All games and scenarios will be moderated and facilitated by an experienced Compass instructor and Dungeon Master.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 11 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | SAT/PSAT Skills & Strategies Workshop (FRI) | 10th-12th | Becca Sticha | 3 | $479.00 |
Standardized test scores continue to play an important role in college admissions- especially for homeschooled students. Test scores provide colleges with a trusted, objective measure of academic readiness. Even at test-optional schools, strong PSAT or SAT scores can strengthen an application, open doors to merit scholarships, and help students stand out in a competitive pool. Prerequisites: Algebra I |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 26 | 1:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Mon | SAT/PSAT Skills & Strategies Workshop (MON Q2) | 10th-12th | Becca Sticha | 10 |
$497.00 $447.30 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Standardized test scores continue to play an important role in college admissions- especially for homeschooled students. Test scores provide colleges with a trusted, objective measure of academic readiness. Even at test-optional schools, strong PSAT or SAT scores can strengthen an application, open doors to merit scholarships, and help students stand out in a competitive pool. Prerequisites: Algebra I |
1 | |
| Qtr 1 | Sep 14 | 1:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Mon | SAT/PSAT Skills & Strategies Workshop (MON, Q1) | 10th-12th | Becca Sticha | 5 | $426.00 |
Standardized test scores continue to play an important role in college admissions- especially for homeschooled students. Test scores provide colleges with a trusted, objective measure of academic readiness. Even at test-optional schools, strong PSAT or SAT scores can strengthen an application, open doors to merit scholarships, and help students stand out in a competitive pool. Prerequisites: Algebra I |
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 26 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | Self Defense & Personal Safety- Orange | 8th-12th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$150.00 $135.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
"Empowered!" is how recent students of coach Iman Castenada described their self defense seminars. Teens and adults feel confident, capable, and in-control when they have the physical and mental tools to evade and escape uncomfortable or even dangerous situations. Self defense and personal safety are essential life skills for any teen or adult who is out in the community and interacting with others. This class emphasizes situational awareness and making safe choices. Students will work in pairs and small groups to act out mock scenarios, rehearse strategies, and practice defensive moves and strikes. Topics will cover a range of situations from assessing the safety of a new place; conscientiously carrying out daily activities (like carrying a purse or backback, walking/jogging alone, parking a car, taking public transportation, and traveling), deescalating a bully, disarming an agressor, escaping an attacker, and if necessary, fighting back to save your life. This workshop is taught by Iman Casteneda, Compass's homeschool PE and Jiu Jitsu Fit instructor. She earned a Green belt in Jiu Jitsu under Royce Gracie, a particularly grueling program that took her more than 10 years to prepare for. She is also personal trainer, Cross-Fit instructor, Muy Thai practitioner, former MMA (mixed martial arts) competitor, former EMT, and survivor of assault. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in Self Defense and Personal Safety at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. Self-Defense and Personal Safety continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to learn additional skills and build the reflexes, recall, and reactions to use when needed. No two sessions are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 1 | Sep 14 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | Self Defense & Personal Safety- Red | 8th-12th | Iman Castaneda | 2 | $128.00 |
"Empowered!" is how recent students of coach Iman Castenada described their self defense seminars. Teens and adults feel confident, capable, and in-control when they have the physical and mental tools to evade and escape uncomfortable or even dangerous situations. Self defense and personal safety are essential life skills for any teen or adult who is out in the community and interacting with others. This class emphasizes situational awareness and making safe choices. Students will work in pairs and small groups to act out mock scenarios, rehearse strategies, and practice defensive moves and strikes. Topics will cover a range of situations from assessing the safety of a new place; conscientiously carrying out daily activities (like carrying a purse or backback, walking/jogging alone, parking a car, taking public transportation, and traveling), deescalating a bully, disarming an agressor, escaping an attacker, and if necessary, fighting back to save your life. This workshop is taught by Iman Casteneda, Compass's homeschool PE and Jiu Jitsu Fit instructor. She earned a Green belt in Jiu Jitsu under Royce Gracie, a particularly grueling program that took her more than 10 years to prepare for. She is also personal trainer, Cross-Fit instructor, Muy Thai practitioner, former MMA (mixed martial arts) competitor, former EMT, and survivor of assault. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Students may enroll in Self Defense and Personal Safety at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. Self-Defense and Personal Safety continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to learn additional skills and build the reflexes, recall, and reactions to use when needed. No two sessions are the same!
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Sew Fun: Crafted Keepsakes | 4th-6th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$133.00 $119.70 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Kids will learn the basics of hand sewing and discover it is "sew fun" to create items that can play with and use every day. Second quarter, kids will sew items to share with friends such as small totes and a sweet felt flower bouquet. Kids will learn practical sewing skills such as pinning and placement, a running stitch, attaching a button, scissor skills, stuffing, and working with simple patterns. The group will be working with pre-cut felt components from kits that will be enhanced with buttons and embellishments. Since students may work at different rates, some projects may not be completed in class and will be sent home to finish sewing with the newly learned skills. Students should be at age/grade level for fine motor skills for this class. Topics in this series include: Dazzling DIY Decor (Quarter 1), Crafted Keepsakes (Quarter 2), Adorable Accessories (Quarter 3), and Cool Characters (Quarter 4). A material fee of $35.00 is due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Sew Simple: Silly Sea Stuffies | 1st-3rd | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$133.00 $119.70 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Little kids will learn the basics of hand sewing and discover it is "sew simple" to create fun things they can play with and use every day. Second quarter, little kids will sew 6-12 Sea Stuffies like a shark , whale, dolphin or sea turtle. Kids will learn practical sewing skills such as pinning and placement, a running stitch, attaching a button, scissor skills, and stuffing. The group will be working with pre-cut felt components from kits that will be enhanced with buttons and accessories. Since students may work at different rates, some projects may not be completed in class and will be sent home to finish sewing with the newly learned skills. Students should be at age/grade level for fine motor skills for this class and should be a minimum of age 6. Topics in this series include: Plushie Pets (Quarter 1), Silly Sea Stuffies (Quarter 2), Dynamic Dinos (Quarter 3), and Cute Critters (Quarter 4). There is a supply fee of $35.00 due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 14 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | Songwriting Studio (Fall) | 7th-12th | Ney Mello | 3 | $354.00 |
Students will learn a fun, simplified way to write songs from a professional, award-winning, soundtrack composer. Each week, students will tackle a different phase of songwriting. This class is open to students who play instruments, sing, write lyrics, or a combination of all three talents! The group will learn about the song structure that is popular today with verse, chorus, pre-chorus, pre-verse, intros, and outros. They will listen to some examples of songs to convey what a verse, chorus, and bridge are, and will cover an overview of the basics of functional and classical harmony. Each week, the group will approach a different stage of the songwriting process, working through ideas on their instruments, writing lyrics, or both. Student artists will be guided through making their own background tracks to encourage self- expression and to allow individual voices to emerge. They can use songs they know as inspiration, but they will be encouraged to create everything like a real songwriter. Musicians will be given ready-made chord options so their focus can remain on the creative aspects of songwriting. If the student is only writing lyrics, he/she will be assigned a songwriting partner student who will write the melody and chords. In this case, the lyricist student will be provided with that song's work in progress tracks to write to at home. Students who wish to record their songs should download the free Abbey Road 'Topline' app for Android or Apple smartphones. (The instructor uses this app professionally to share songs and concepts via e-mail, text message, or over social media with colleagues.) The app allows the artist to record songs in sections and play back all together. Microphones will not be needed. The workshop is open to all instrument and voice students, not just guitar. Any style of music is acceptable (pop, folk, country, etc), but all lyrics must be rated "E" for everyone. Topics in this Series: Songwriting Studio for Teens (Semester 1), Songwriting Studio for Teens (Semester 2), etc. Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class . Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in fine arts or electives for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Sound & Syllable Safari (Q2) | PreK(4) - K | Heidi Conradt | 10 |
$184.00 $165.60 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
In this joyful, play-based class designed for young children ages 4 - 5, children will explore the building blocks of reading through fun and engaging phonological awareness activities. Using research-backed strategies inspired by the work of David Kilpatrick and the Zgonc Phonological Awareness Skills Program (Z-PASP), this course will help children develop key pre-reading skills through movement, music, rhythm, and interactive games. Children will develop awareness of syllables, rhyming, alliteration, and the individual sounds in words (phonemes) through playful exercises. Activities include clapping syllables, sound matching scavenger hunts, oral blending and segmenting games, and rhyming songs. The class is designed to meet children where they are developmentally and nurture their language skills in a supportive, social environment.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Spanish Amigos (Q2) | 3rd-4th | Ruth Jeantet | 10 |
$170.00 $153.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Buenos dias! Spanish Amigos (Friends) is a fun, play-based, Spanish immersion class for young students. Much like learning their native language, students will be exposed to the sounds, vocabulary, and phrases in Spanish through songs, games, stories, interactive and hands-on activities. The teacher will bring toys and objects each week to give kids tangible, hands-on examples of the vocabulary being introduced. Each quarter introduces new themes and new vocabulary in Spanish, so children can continue to build their language basics. Themes and units are non-sequential, so students may enroll in this level in any quarter. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students in the first few weeks. Instruction will be predominantly verbal, but key vocabulary words may be written down for students to begin a sense of spelling. A limited amount of writing, spelling, and reading will be expected to emphasize new vocabulary and complete workbook/handout exercises, but note-taking from the board will not be required. The goal of this introductory course is to lay foundations in sounds, vocabulary, and simple phrases while having fun and building confidence in a foreign language. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Recommendations: Students should be at grade level for reading in English. Some homework will be assigned. Textbook: Students will be working from Viva el Espanol- System A (ISBN #978-0076029525) from McGraw-Hill. Compass pre-purchases copies of this book from the publisher. A supply fee of $26.00 is due payable to Compass on/before the first day. Students will only need to purchase this book the first quarter they are enrolled.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Spanish Exploradores (Q2) | 5th-6th | Ruth Jeantet | 10 |
$170.00 $153.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Buenas tardes! Spanish Exploradores (Explorers) is a fun, immersive introductory Spanish class for older elementary students. Much like learning their native language, students will be exposed to the sounds, vocabulary, and phrases in Spanish through songs, games, stories, and hands-on activities. The teacher will bring objects each week to give students tangible, hands-on examples of the vocabulary being introduced. In this level, students will be encouraged to begin to combine adjectives with nouns and nouns with verbs. Each quarter introduces new themes and new vocabulary in Spanish, so children can continue to build their language basics. However, themes and units are non-sequential, so students may enroll in this level in any quarter. While the theme might be the same as that of a younger level of instruction, more vocabulary will be introduced at the older level. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students in the first few weeks. The goal of this introductory course is to lay foundations in sounds, vocabulary, and simple phrases while having fun and building confidence in a foreign language. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Recommendations/Workload: Students should be at grade level for reading in English and should be able to copy words from the board. Students will be expected to take notes, write new words, and complete activities with new vocabulary and short readings. Some homework will be assigned. Textbook: Students will be working from Viva el Espanol- System B (ISBN #978-0076029648) from McGraw-Hill. Compass pre-purchases copies of this book from the publisher. A supply fee of $26.00 is due payable to Compass on/before the first day. Students will only need to purchase this book the first quarter they are enrolled.
|
1 | |
| Year long | Sep 11 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | Spanish I | 8th-12th | Ruth Jeantet | 1 | $792.00 |
Bienvenides! Get ready for a full year of beginner-level high school Spanish. This is a conversation-focused program designed to help students build practical vocabulary and foundational grammar skills through real-world communication. In this course, students will start with the Spanish alphabet and pronunciation, and then explore essential topics such as greetings and introductions, numbers, days of the week, months, and dates, telling time, weather and seasons, and school-related vocabulary, including classes, supplies, and schedules. Students will also learn how to describe themselves and others, talk about likes and dislikes using gustar, and express emotions and feelings. In addition, they will learn vocabulary related to family, pets, clothing, food, restaurants, and locations in town. By the end of these chapters, students will be able to engage in basic conversations about daily life, family, and school activities. Grammar is taught in context, meaning students will learn to use grammatical structures naturally through conversation, rather than through isolated drills. Key grammar concepts introduced in these chapters include definite and indefinite articles, subject pronouns, adjective agreement, plural and singular nouns, the present tense of regular -ar verbs, and core verbs like ser, estar, tener, and ir. Students will also learn how to form simple questions and negations in Spanish. Class will be conducted primarily "en espanol", with a strong emphasis on listening and speaking. Students will regularly practice asking and answering questions, participating in conversations, role-playing, and engaging with the language in authentic contexts. At home, students will be responsible for practicing vocabulary and grammar, completing written assignments, and watching short language immersion video clips. This course will help students gain confidence using Spanish in everyday situations and provide a strong foundation for continued language study. Workload: Students should expect to spend 30-45 minutes per day approximately 4 days per week on homework outside of class. Assignments: Are sent by e-mail to parents and students. Students must have access to a computer for videos that are assigned. Assessments: Quizzes and tests will be scored with a points system that parents can use in calculating a grade. Textbook: This class will be using a Spanish language curriculum from Voces Digital which includes an online textbook, video clips, interactive media, and digital quizzes. Students must pay a digital access fee of $16.50 to Compass by Venmo, Zelle, cash or check. Once paid, students will receive an access code to set up their account. Hard copy textbooks are available through the publisher for an additional fee for students who prefer physical copies. (The digital portal access will still be needed.) Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in Foreign Language for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 11 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Fri | Spanish II (Honors or On-Level) | 9th-12th | Ruth Jeantet | 3 | $792.00 |
Que pasa? Get ready for an exciting year of high school Spanish. This course is conversation-focused and designed to help students expand their Spanish vocabulary and grammar skills while learning to communicate in practical, real-life situations. Through engaging, culturally rich lessons, students will develop their listening, speaking, reading, and writing abilities in Spanish. In this course, students will continue to build vocabulary around everyday topics, including daily routines, household chores, family activities, health and wellness, travel and transportation, shopping, and dining out. The curriculum will also explore cultural aspects of Spanish-speaking countries, such as popular celebrations, traditions, and regional differences, helping students make meaningful cultural comparisons and deepen their global awareness. Grammar will continue to be taught in context, practiced through conversation, and reinforced with interactive activities. Students will review present tense verb forms (including stem-changing and irregular verbs) and will deepen their understanding of reflexive verbs, direct and indirect object pronouns, and the preterite tense of both regular and irregular verbs. Students will also be introduced to basic uses of the imperfect tense, comparisons, sequencing words, and more complex sentence structures that allow for more expressive communication in Spanish. Class will be conducted primarily en espanol to build fluency and confidence in the language. A strong emphasis will be placed on listening and speaking through partner activities, role-plays, storytelling, question-and-answer practice, and real-world scenarios. Reading and writing tasks will further support spoken communication and deepen comprehension. At home, students will be responsible for completing vocabulary and grammar activities, writing short responses or dialogues, and watching engaging immersion videos. This course will help students continue developing their ability to use Spanish in real-life contexts and lay a solid foundation for future language study. Levels: The course provides a full-credit experience in either the Honors or On-Level track. All class members share core material and meet together. Honors level has additional readings, more detailed writing assignments, and more rigorous assessments. Students register online for the same course, but must indicate which level they wish to study via e-mail by August 15. Students may move down a level (from Honors to On-Level) at any time. Workload: Students should expect to spend 30-45 minutes per day approximately 4 days per week on homework outside of class. Assignments: Are sent by e-mail to parents and students. Students must have access to a computer for videos that are assigned. Assessments: Quizzes and tests will be scored with a points system that parents can use in calculating a grade. Textbook: This class will be using a Spanish language curriculum from Voces Digital which includes an online textbook, video clips, interactive media, and digital quizzes. Students must pay a digital access fee of $16.50 to Compass by Venmo, Zelle, cash or check. Once paid, students will receive an access code to set up their account. Hard copy textbooks are available through the publisher for an additional fee for students who prefer physical copies. (The digital portal access will still be needed.) Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in Foreign Language for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Spanish I |
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 07 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Spanish Para Estudiantes (S1)* | 7th-8th | Sirdley Taborga | 8 | $334.00 |
Closed
|
Buenas tardes! Spanish Para Estudiantes is an immersive introductory Spanish class for middle school students. In a natural learning progression, students will be exposed to vocabulary and phrases in Spanish through in-class activities and conversations. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students in the first few weeks. This is a conversation-focused class where students are encouraged to speak in class. Vocabulary and phrases will be introduced in thematic units such as weather, time, members of the family, clothing, food, places in town, hobbies and sports, holidays, etc. As students learn new vocabulary, they will be encouraged to begin to combine adjectives with nouns and nouns with verbs in short phrases, often in mock conversations with classmates. Grammar will be introduced as it comes up in conversation and in phrases. Students will be exposed to pronouns, noun-verb agreement, adjective-noun agreement, familar vs. formal, ordinal and cardinal numbers, comparisons and superlatives, and more. Students are not expected to read or write at this stage, but are expected to take notes and to gain a sense of spelling in Spanish. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Material/Supply Fee: The instructor will order a South-American written/published Spanish activity book for students in-class use after assessing their ages/skill levels. Parents will be asked to reimburse the instructor for the expense, typically $10-$15.
|
0 | |
| Semester | Jan 18 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | Spanish Para Estudiantes (S2)* | 7th-8th | Sirdley Taborga | 10 | $382.00 |
Closed
|
Buenas tardes! Spanish Para Estudiantes is an immersive introductory Spanish class for middle school students. In a natural learning progression, students will be exposed to vocabulary and phrases in Spanish through in-class activities and conversations. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students in the first few weeks. This is a conversation-focused class where students are encouraged to speak in class. Vocabulary and phrases will be introduced in thematic units such as weather, time, members of the family, clothing, food, places in town, hobbies and sports, holidays, etc. As students learn new vocabulary, they will be encouraged to begin to combine adjectives with nouns and nouns with verbs in short phrases, often in mock conversations with classmates. Grammar will be introduced as it comes up in conversation and in phrases. Students will be exposed to pronouns, noun-verb agreement, adjective-noun agreement, familar vs. formal, ordinal and cardinal numbers, comparisons and superlatives, and more. Students are not expected to read or write at this stage, but are expected to take notes and to gain a sense of spelling in Spanish. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Material/Supply Fee: The instructor will order a South-American written/published Spanish activity book for students in-class use after assessing their ages/skill levels. Parents will be asked to reimburse the instructor for the expense, typically $10-$15.
|
0 | |
| Semester | Sep 08 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Spanish Para Estudiantes (SEM 1) | 7th-8th | Ruth Jeantet | 1 | $340.00 |
Buenas tardes! Spanish Para Estudiantes is an immersive introductory Spanish class for middle school students. In a natural learning progression, students will be exposed to vocabulary and phrases in Spanish through in-class activities, interactive games, role playing, and conversations. This is a conversation-focused class where students are encouraged to speak in class. Vocabulary and phrases will be introduced in thematic units such as weather, time, members of the family, clothing, food, places in town, hobbies and sports, holidays, etc. As students learn new vocabulary, they will be encouraged to begin to combine adjectives with nouns and nouns with verbs in short phrases, often in mock conversations with classmates. Grammar will be introduced as it comes up in conversation and in phrases. Students will be exposed to pronouns, noun-verb agreement, adjective-noun agreement, familar vs. formal, ordinal and cardinal numbers, comparisons and superlatives, and more. They will learn present tense regular and irregular verbs as well as command and question structures and infinitive phrases. This class is structured as predominantly immersion with cues provided through props/objects and gestures. Limited cues in English will be used to prompt students in the first few weeks. Recommendations/Workload: Students should be at grade level for reading in English. Students are expected to take notes in class, and homework will be assigned. Textbook: Students will be working from 5th edition "Spanish is Fun- Lively Lessons for Beginners"(ISBN 978-1634199285) from Amsco. Compass will pre-purchased copies of this book to ensure everyone has a copy for $34.00. Students will only need to purchase this book the first quarter they are enrolled.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Spanish Para Pequenos (Little Ones)- Q2 (TUE) | PreK-2nd | Ruth Jeantet | 10 |
$170.00 $153.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Hola! Spanish Para Pequenos (Spanish for Little Ones) is a fun, play-based, Spanish immersion class for young children. Following the native language-learning process, children will be exposed to the sounds, letters, and high-frequency words in Spanish through songs, games, stories, puppets, and other interactive activities. The instructor will provide all necessary toys and objects to give young children tangible, and hands-on ways to apply new concepts in practical real-life situations. The instructor uses some Montessori-style activities that create a high-energy, playful environment, engaging tactile and kinesthetic learners alike while appealing to children's natural curiosities. The vocabulary and language structures presented in each session follow a new letter of the alphabet each week that will include greetings, simple phrases, foods, colors, numbers, animals, common action verbs, calendar phrases, articles of clothing and seasonal topics. Vocabulary will be repeated and reviewed often to aid in the retention of the language, and will primarily develop listening and speaking skills. The goal of this introductory course is to lay foundations in sounds, vocabulary, and simple phrases while having fun and building confidence in a foreign language. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Who knows, your child might just come home singing their new favorite Spanish nursery rhyme!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Spanish Para Pequenos (Little Ones)- Q2 (WED) | PreK-2nd | Ruth Jeantet | 10 |
$170.00 $153.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Hola! Spanish Para Pequenos (Spanish for Little Ones) is a fun, play-based, Spanish immersion class for young children. Following the native language-learning process, children will be exposed to the sounds, letters, and high-frequency words in Spanish through songs, games, stories, puppets, and other interactive activities. The instructor will provide all necessary toys and objects to give young children tangible, and hands-on ways to apply new concepts in practical real-life situations. The instructor uses some Montessori-style activities that create a high-energy, playful environment, engaging tactile and kinesthetic learners alike while appealing to children's natural curiosities. The vocabulary and language structures presented in each session follow a new letter of the alphabet each week that will include greetings, simple phrases, foods, colors, numbers, animals, common action verbs, calendar phrases, articles of clothing and seasonal topics. Vocabulary will be repeated and reviewed often to aid in the retention of the language, and will primarily develop listening and speaking skills. The goal of this introductory course is to lay foundations in sounds, vocabulary, and simple phrases while having fun and building confidence in a foreign language. Fluency should not be expected at this level. Who knows, your child might just come home singing their new favorite Spanish nursery rhyme!
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 11 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Fri | Spy Games RPG: The History of Espionage in the Revolutionary War | 9th-12th | Taliesin Knol | 3 | $357.00 |
Re-enact the great unseen intelligence battles of early American history, from Washington's spies to British double agents, using an RPGs (role playing game) custom designed by the instructor. This semester will examine the clandestine activities of America's first intelligence network, Washington's spies of the famous Culper Ring in New York. The class will roleplay day-to-day life in occupied New York, with period appropriate jobs acting as cover while they spy on British headquarters to shape the outcome of the American War of Independence. Real spying is less James Bond and more Sherlock Holmes, an intricate world of clues, codes, and covert communication where knowledge is power and every move matters. In this immersive, game-based class, students step into the role of rival intelligence agents, using a custom role-playing system to bluff, sneak, and strategize their way through secret missions. They will study real historical spies and practice authentic techniques, from cracking ciphers to crafting coded messages with tools like shift ciphers and code wheels. As teams compete to uncover and protect critical information, students will experience the high-stakes tension of espionage, where success brings advantage, secrets shift the balance of power, and every decision could mean triumph or capture. Topics in this Series: The History of Espionage in the Revolutionary. War (Semester 1) and The History of Espionage in the Civil War (Semester 2). Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Google Drive (period maps, photographs and recreations) and YouTube (videos) links will be e-mailed to parents/students for homework or supplemental investigation. Assessments: Will not be given. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in History for purposes of a high school transcript. This is a 13-week class, with a non-meeting day of 09/25/26.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 09 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | Starting with Strings: Beginning Violin I | 2nd-6th | Dr. Steffany Shock | 1 | $396.00 |
Learn to play the violin! Students will learn the fundamentals of playing the violin using a combination of traditional and Suzuki methods. They will begin by learning how to hold the instrument, how to correctly grasp the bow, parts of the instrument, and the names of the open strings. Students will be taught sequential techniques by adding one finger at a time to each string until they can play a complete scale. The class will be taught to play in unison from sheet music. At the end of the semester, the class will be able to play several simple tunes and will demonstrate for the parents. Class Expectations: Students will be asked to bring their violin, bow, and case to every class. In order to fully benefit from the in-class instruction, daily, at-home practice is expected. A student violin can be purchased or rented from most music stores and should be set up professionally by a local music store or a string luthier.
|
2 | ||
| Year long | Sep 14 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Mon | Submersible Robotics: Remote Operated Vehicle (ROV) | 7th-10th | Becca Sticha | 2 | $699.00 |
How do you explore the 139 million square miles of the earth's surface that is ocean when only 25% of the seafloor has been fully mapped? From finding shipwrecks to observing marine life, exploring hydrothermal vents to performing underwater inspections, and carrying out critical search, rescue, and recovery missions, submersible robots known as ROVs, or remotely operated vehicles, are up to the task. In this class, students will work in pairs to build, test, redesign, and deploy a small ROV called a SeaPerch. SeaPerch is an "innovative underwater robotics" program sponsored by the Office of Naval Research, NOAA Ocean Education Cooperative Institute, and RoboNation. Working from a kit of stock components, students will first build and test-drive the base model SeaPerch while learning about topics like buoyancy, hydrodynamics, propulsion, and displacement. Teams will learn basic circuitry and how to solder electronic components, first with a light-up practice circuit board, then by assembling, soldering, and wiring the control board for their ROV. Once teams have assembled their SeaPerches, the class will meet at a nearby community pool for their first in-water trial. Students will test their assemblies and practice their skills of driving and maneuvering their ROV underwater. Next, it will be back to the classroom workshop to make modifications to their designs, and back to the pool for the iterative design-build-test-modify engineering process. Once teams have fully functional "stock" SeaPerches and understand how decisions such as the placement of propellers and floats affect performance, they will modify and customize their designs while adding features such as hooks or arms to perform underwater tasks. Ultimately, the SeaPerch ROVs will go through an underwater hoop obstacle course and complete challenges like gathering rings from the pool floor. Students will gain an understanding of challenges faced by scientists and engineers in underwater applications and will be exposed to careers in mechanical engineering, electrical engineering, marine/nautical engineering, marine sciences, oceanography, and more. In class, they will learn to use hand tools such as a ratcheting PVC cutter, wire cutter, wire stripper, soldering iron/solder, solder removal tool, clamps, screwdrivers, and more. They will also work with waterproofing, adhesives, and fasteners. Teams will be encouraged to keep an engineering design notebook with sketches, performance data, observations, and modifications. Each team will be required to prepare and submit a Technical Design Report using a template and rubric, and the teams will against other Compass teams. Students who wish to add enhancements to their final build such as enamel paint, more powerful motors, lights, sensors, depth gauge, or underwater camera, may purchase their own accessories at a hobby or electronics store to install in class. (Enhancements cannot exceed $25.00 to remain eligible for the SeaPerch regional competition.) Note: Parents should anticipate 3-4 class sessions to be held at the nearby Goldfish Swim School pool and plan for transportation there (4 miles). Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Assignments, if any, will be communicated in class and limited to individual investigation. Assessments: Will not be given Textbook/Materials: None Lab/Supply Fee: There is a $110.00 supply fee due payable to Compass for students who are willing to work with a partner (and flip a coin who keeps the ROV). Alternatively, a student could opt to pay $190.00 for their own SeaPerch which they would build individually and keep at the end of the program. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a partial credit in technology or career exploration for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue | Successful Social Skills for Kids (Q2) | 4th-6th | Heidi Conradt | 10 |
$184.00 $165.60 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Successful social skills help children navigate nearly every aspect of their lives. Building confidence in social settings can improve self-esteem and increase comfort in group environments- whether at school, in sports, trying new activities, spending time with family, or connecting with friends. While all children benefit from strengthening social skills, some need additional guidance and practice. In this class, students will work with an educational specialist and former school counselor to develop practical strategies for common social challenges. Topics include conversation skills, recognizing and expressing emotions, perspective-taking, managing stress, communicating with parents, building friendships, and navigating sibling relationships. This small-group class is highly interactive and engaging, incorporating games, role-playing, video examples, modeled behavior, and hands-on activities to reinforce learning. Students benefit most from participating for multiple quarters. While some activities are repeated for reinforcement, new content is introduced regularly. As new students join, the group dynamic evolves, providing opportunities to practice skills in varied, real-life scenarios. Over time, children build greater confidence and comfort in their social interactions. Note: This class is designed for neurotypical children. It is not intended as a therapeutic or clinical intervention for children who may require more specialized support.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Successful Social Skills for Little Kids (Q2) | 1st-3rd | Heidi Conradt | 10 |
$184.00 $165.60 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Successful social skills help children navigate nearly every aspect of their lives. Building confidence in social settings can improve self-esteem and increase comfort in group environments- whether at school, in sports, trying new activities, spending time with family, or connecting with friends. While all children benefit from strengthening social skills, some need additional guidance and practice. In this class, students will work with an educational specialist and former school counselor to develop practical strategies for common social challenges. Topics include conversation skills, recognizing and expressing emotions, perspective-taking, managing stress, communicating with parents, building friendships, and navigating sibling relationships. This small-group class is highly interactive and engaging, incorporating games, role-playing, video examples, modeled behavior, and hands-on activities to reinforce learning. Students benefit most from participating for multiple quarters. While some activities are repeated for reinforcement, new content is introduced regularly. As new students join, the group dynamic evolves, providing opportunities to practice skills in varied, real-life scenarios. Over time, children build greater confidence and comfort in their social interactions. Note: This class is designed for neurotypical children. It is not intended as a therapeutic or clinical intervention for children who may require more specialized support.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 26 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | Sweet Shop: Easy as Pie | 8th-12th | Mylene Nyman | 8 |
$189.00 $170.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
The tantalizing aroma of cookies in the oven. A mouth-watering burst of mint. The silky feel of melted chocolate. The sticky sweet of fresh-made caramel. A subtle hint of lemon. Student bakers will enjoy these delicious sensations- and more- as they explore the world of baking homemade desserts. Sweet Shop treats are scrumptious, fun, and simple to make. Each week they will prepare a fresh, handmade dessert or sweet such as: pies, cakes, cookies, tarts, trifles, mousses, puddings, candies, fudge, brittle, or chocolate. The class will include some icing, decorating, and garnishing techniques for completed desserts. This quarter, the Compass bakers' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. This engaging sweets class will get students excited about helping in the kitchen and entertaining. They will learn important baking skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary is introduced each week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Piece of Cake (Quarter 1); Easy as Pie (Quarter 2), Chocolate Works (Quarter 3), and Dessert First (Quarter 4). Assessments: Qualitative Feedback will be given in class. Formal grades/assessment will not be given. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Bring: None- Disposable aprons and take-home containers provided. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 1 | Sep 14 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Mon | Sweet Shop: Piece of Cake | 8th-12th | Mylene Nyman | 2 | $165.00 |
The tantalizing aroma of cookies in the oven. A mouth-watering burst of mint. The silky feel of melted chocolate. The sticky sweet of fresh-made caramel. A subtle hint of lemon. Student bakers will enjoy these delicious sensations- and more- as they explore the world of baking homemade desserts. Sweet Shop treats are scrumptious, fun, and simple to make. Each week they will prepare a fresh, handmade dessert or sweet such as: pies, cakes, cookies, tarts, trifles, mousses, puddings, candies, fudge, brittle, or chocolate. The class will include some icing, decorating, and garnishing techniques for completed desserts. This quarter, the Compass bakers' culinary adventures will include:
Students will be eating what they make each week and bringing home the recipes and leftovers. This engaging sweets class will get students excited about helping in the kitchen and entertaining. They will learn important baking skills such as safety, sanitation, measuring, knife skills, and other tricks of the trade. Culinary vocabulary is introduced each week. Notes: Students with allergies to food ingredients or dietary restrictions cannot be accommodated in this class. Recipes may contain nuts, dairy, wheat, gluten, and eggs. All food supplies will be conventional, mass market ingredients. Specialty food preparations/certifications such as halal, kosher, and organic will not be used due to cost and sourcing logistics. Topics in this Series: Piece of Cake (Quarter 1); Easy as Pie (Quarter 2), Chocolate Works (Quarter 3), and Dessert First (Quarter 4). Assessments: Qualitative Feedback will be given in class. Formal grades/assessment will not be given. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $45.00 is due payable to the instructor on or before the first day of class. What to Bring: None- Disposable aprons and take-home containers provided. What to Wear: Students should wear clean clothes and have long hair tied back, braided, or secured under a bandana (male and female). Cooking Class Requirements: For more information and FAQs, see the Compass Cooking Classes webpage.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 11:05 am | 11:45 am | Tue | Swimming: Beginners/ Adv. Beginners (Tue Q2) | 4th-6th | YMCA Swimming Staff | 5 |
$105.00 $94.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Homeschool Swim Lessons are taught at the Reston YMCA located 0.9 miles/ 3 minute drive from Compass's classroom facility. For more information on swimming lessons, see the program webpage. During the first lesson, students will be observed and determined to be Beginner or Advanced Beginner level, and the class will be divided accordingly among two instructors. Beginners level is for students with little to no swim experience and will cover YMCA Level 1 skills such as water acclimation, floatation, water movement, putting face in the water, swimming 5 feet without a floatation device, and becoming comfortable on back in water. Advanced Beginners level will review all skills in beginner-level class and add YMCA Level 2 skills such as stamina, swimming one length of the pool (25 yards), performing elementary backstroke, rotary breathing, becoming comfortable in deep water, and stroke introduction to include: front crawl, backstroke, and elementary breaststroke. Please note that these skills will be introduced and progress at different rates depending on the comfortable level and experience of enrolled students and may take more than one quarter to complete. At times, students might be moved to a different swimming group (same day, same time, different instructor) to better match the experience level of enrolled children. Lessons are 40 minutes long, running from 0:05 until 0:45 after the hour, leaving enough time to towel dry, change clothes, and return to Compass for your next class. Students should bring a swimsuit, towel, and change of clothes. Googles and swim caps are optional. A parent (or parent proxy) is required to remain on site. Parents may wait on poolside benches or lobby seating. YMCA waivers must be signed and returned for each swimmer. All registration is completed through Compass. All YMCA swimming classes are taught by certified, experienced, background-checked adult instructors with experience teaching children. Consider enrolling your child in both Tuesday and Thursday classes to improve their rate of learning. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 10:05 am | 10:45 am | Tue | Swimming: Beginners/ Adv. Beginners (Tue Q2) | 1st-3rd | YMCA Swimming Staff | 5 |
$105.00 $94.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Homeschool Swim Lessons are taught at the Reston YMCA located 0.9 miles/ 3 minute drive from Compass's classroom facility. For more information on swimming lessons, see the program webpage. During the first lesson, students will be observed and determined to be Beginner or Advanced Beginner level, and the class will be divided accordingly among two instructors. Beginners level is for students with little to no swim experience and will cover YMCA Level 1 skills such as water acclimation, floatation, water movement, putting face in the water, swimming 5 feet without a floatation device, and becoming comfortable on back in water. Advanced Beginners level will review all skills in beginner-level class and add YMCA Level 2 skills such as stamina, swimming one length of the pool (25 yards), performing elementary backstroke, rotary breathing, becoming comfortable in deep water, and stroke introduction to include: front crawl, backstroke, and elementary breaststroke. Please note that these skills will be introduced and progress at different rates depending on the comfortable level and experience of enrolled students and may take more than one quarter to complete. At times, students might be moved to a different swimming group (same day, same time, different instructor) to better match the experience level of enrolled children. Lessons are 40 minutes long, running from 0:05 until 0:45 after the hour, leaving enough time to towel dry, change clothes, and return to Compass for your next class. Students should bring a swimsuit, towel, and change of clothes. Googles and swim caps are optional. A parent (or parent proxy) is required to remain on site. Parents may wait on poolside benches or lobby seating. YMCA waivers must be signed and returned for each swimmer. All registration is completed through Compass. All YMCA swimming classes are taught by certified, experienced, background-checked adult instructors with experience teaching children. Consider enrolling your child in both Tuesday and Thursday classes to improve their rate of learning. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 12:05 pm | 12:45 pm | Tue | Swimming: Intermediate (Tue Q2) | 2nd-6th | YMCA Swimming Staff | 5 |
$105.00 $94.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Homeschool Swim Lessons are taught at the Reston YMCA located 0.9 miles/ 3 minute drive from Compass's classroom facility. For more information on swimming lessons, see the program webpage. Intermediate level is for students who are proficient in Advanced Beginner level skills such as swimming one length of the pool (25 yards), performing elementary backstroke, and becoming comfortable in deep water. Intermediate swimmers will cover Levels 3 of the YMCA program including elementary breaststroke, backstroke, front crawl with rotary breathing all at 25 yards, with work towards Level 4 skills including stamina and increasing all swimming to 50 yards or more, plus breast stroke, elementary butterfly stroke and kick, elementary dives, and turns. Please note that these skills will be introduced and progress at different rates depending on the comfortable level and experience of enrolled students and may take more than one quarter to complete. At times, students might be moved to a different swimming group (same day, same time, different instructor) to better match the experience level of enrolled children. Lessons are 40 minutes long, running from 0:05 until 0:45 after the hour, leaving enough time to towel dry, change clothes, and return to Compass for your next class. Students should bring a swimsuit, towel, and change of clothes. Googles and swim caps are optional. A parent (or parent proxy) is required to remain on site. Parents may wait on poolside benches or lobby seating. YMCA waivers must be signed and returned for each swimmer. All registration is completed through Compass. All YMCA swimming classes are taught by certified, experienced, background-checked adult instructors with experience teaching children. Consider enrolling your child in both Tuesday and Thursday classes to improve their rate of learning. Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 26 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Teen Weight Training- Orange (MON) | 8th-12th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$150.00 $135.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Teen weight training is an introduction to strength training in a small group class under the guidance of a seasoned, experienced coach. The primary lifts covered in class will be: back squat, bench press, deadlift, and strict press which are all compound moves that employ multiple muscle groups. These lifts are also "functional" meaning they engage the core and train muscles to work cooperatively in daily activities such as picking up a box or hoisting a parcel to a high shelf. Emphasis will be on correct form, posture, and safety. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Teens may enroll in Weight Training at any time, regardless of the color name. No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 1 | Sep 14 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Teen Weight Training- Red (MON) | 8th-12th | Iman Castaneda | 4 | $128.00 |
Teen weight training is an introduction to strength training in a small group class under the guidance of a seasoned, experienced coach. The primary lifts covered in class will be: back squat, bench press, deadlift, and strict press which are all compound moves that employ multiple muscle groups. These lifts are also "functional" meaning they engage the core and train muscles to work cooperatively in daily activities such as picking up a box or hoisting a parcel to a high shelf. Emphasis will be on correct form, posture, and safety. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Teens may enroll in Weight Training at any time, regardless of the color name. No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 3 | Jan 17 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Fri | The Art of Storytelling: A Creative Non-Fiction Workshop | 9th-12th | Anne Taranto | 6 | $219.00 |
Closed
|
Teen writers will take inspiration from other writers in this semester-long creative non-fiction workshop:
This quarter will cover the basics of writing creative using examples of Flash Nonfiction and Literary Journalism (topical nonfiction). Each week, students will read an essay that demonstrates a particular narrative technique, perspective, or topical approach and then complete a writing exercise designed to emulate that technique. The class will culminate in sharing any essays that may develop out of these exercises in a workshop setting. Topics in this Series: Creative Writing (Semester 1) , Creative Non-Fiction (Quarter 3), The Personal Essay (Quarter 4) Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Prerequisites: Reading/writing at a high school level (9th grade or higher) Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Weekly reading assignments will be posted on Google Classroom. Students will need their own email addresses to access the system, and parents may be set up as additional "observers" to their teen's account. Assessments: A point scale of 1-3 will be used to evaluate students based on their level of preparation, their participation in discussion, and their completion of extension activities. Parents may use the total points earned to calculate a grade. Textbook/Materials: The instructor will furnish a curated class anthology packet. Lab/Supply Fee: A class fee of $10.00 is due payable to Compass on the first day of class for the select readings. What to Bring: Short story collection, notebook or laptop (depending on student's preferred method of writing), and printed copies of student's writing on days he/she is ready to share writing. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in English/Language Arts for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Reading/writing at grade level |
0 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Wed | The Science of Art: Paints & Dyes | 5th-6th | Michele Forsythe | 12 |
$189.00 $170.10 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
"S" is for science, and "A" is for art in the study of STEAM, but have you thought about the science in art? Artists must understand the science of the materials that the use: how they tint and texturize, mix and melt, dye and dry, blend or bend. There is a complex community of scientists and engineers with specialties in polymers, glass, chemicals, paper, and textiles who design the materials that artists use to create their art. This class will learn about the science and properties of some unique artistic processes and materials and how and why they work. Second quarter, the class will experiment with the chemistry and behavior of paints and dyes. Students will work with dyes that float, suminagashi (Japanese ink marbling) techniques, and photoreactive paper. They will experiment with centrifugal chromatography and the science of colors. The class will discover where pigments come from- both natural and synthetic- and look at special types such as glow-in-the-dark pigments. Students will discover the difference and unique properties of oil paints, acrylic paints, and gouache paint with respect to blending, dry time, texture, sheen, etc. Other class activities include making and using your own paint, working with thermochromic pigments (change color based on temperature), and using photoreactive paper (chemical changes based on light exposure). There is a $35.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day.Topics in this series: Resins & Polymers (Quarter 1), Paints & Dyes (Quarter 2), Optical Illusions & Color (Quarter 3), and Paper Engineers (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 26 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | Total Training: Teen PE- Orange (MON) | 8th-12th | Iman Castaneda | 12 |
$150.00 $135.00 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Total Training is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get teens moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. Total Training focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. The physical challenges of Total Training will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Teens may enroll in Total Training at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. Total Training continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
1 | |
| Qtr 1 | Sep 14 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Mon | Total Training: Teen PE- Red (MON) | 8th-12th | Iman Castaneda | 3 | $128.00 |
Total Training is a dynamic PE program for that incorporates well-rounded exercises to get teens moving mid-day! No two workouts are the same, but each day's activities incorporate exercises that target 10 areas: cardio-vascular endurance, stamina, strength, flexibility, power, speed, coordination, agility, balance, and accuracy. Total Training focuses on functional movements that are fundamental to all aspects of play and exercise- pulling, pushing, running, throwing, climbing, lifting, and jumping. Work-outs are scalable and adaptable to different individual's own level, and the emphasis is on fun, safety, and personal accomplishment rather than competition among classmates. The physical challenges of Total Training will foster self-confidence, focus, and help instill a foundation for a lifetime of fitness. The color name in the class title refers to the collectable token students will earn each quarter they take the class. Collect all 8! Teens may enroll in Total Training at any time, regardless of the color name No one color is a prerequisite for any other color, and tokens can be earned in any order. All equipment is furnished. Students are asked to wear loose, comfortable clothing, such as running pants or sweatpants, and comfortable, supportive athletic shoes. Total Training continues each quarter, and students may repeat the class to continue to improve fitness. No two workouts are the same!
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Tweens Acting Out: Chaos in the Courtroom | 6th-8th | Judith Harmon | 10 |
$144.00 $129.60 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Tweens take over as they collectively brainstorm and collaboratively write their own play. Find out what happens when tweens "act out" the unique characters and an original storyline they created. Disorder in the court! What causes a trial to turn tumultuous? Loud-mouth lawyers, a jokester judge, a wily witness, or a delirious defendant? What pandemonium plagues the prosecution in this hectic hearing? Students will begin with improvisational games to get to know each other and to begin to brainstorm about their original play. Through group activities and guided discussion, the actors will decide on characters, conflict, and conclusion, and the story they want to tell. The script will be developed and customized for this class with the students' input. The class will learn the practical aspects of acting, as they work on script read-through, blocking, costume/prop design, and planning the show. Students will develop their own "actor's toolkit" of voice, body, and imagination in this creative process! Actors will grow in confidence and communication skills in preparation for a final sharing with parents on the final day of the quarter. Once the script is fully developed, it will be emailed to parents. Parents will be expected make sure their tweens memorize their script/lines/cues and assemble a simple make-at-home costume, ideally from clothing items and accessories they already own and a little creativity. Topics in this Series: Haunted House of Horrors (Quarter 1), Chaos in the Courtroom (Quarter 2), No Exit Escape Room (Quarter 3) and Rock Start Rivalry (Quarter 4).
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Ultimate Magic Academy: Orange Wand Wonders | 3rd-6th | Mike Hummer | 12 |
$238.00 $214.20 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Curious coins, baffling balls, confounding cards, and puzzling papers! Students will learn tricks of the trade from a professional magician using the Discover Magic curriculum. Each week, kids will learn how to perform a unique magic trick, and students will practice and perfect the illusion in class so they can come home and mystify their friends and family. Students will unlock the secrets to seven special magic tricks from the Orange Wand curriculum like: Legendary Loops, Forgotten Fairy Tales, Lightning Ball, Hocus Pocus Handkerchief, Magic Map, Special Delivery, and others. For each trick, students will receive a custom magic prop and full color instructions, and at the end of each class, every magician will take home a Top Secret file folder with additional tricks they can practice. Student magicians will be given a secret password each week to gain access to an additional magic trick on the Discover Magic website (parents will need to work the magic to set up the child's online account.) Along with the actual magic, students will discuss a life skill each week that is essential to a good magician (and student) such as public speaking, presentation skills, practicing, being prepared, and reading your audience. Magicians who complete the class will receive a certificate and magic wand. There is a $45.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class. Topics in this series: Radical Red Wands (Quarter 1); Orange Wand Wonders (Quarter 2); Yellow Wand Illusions (Quarter 3); and Glittering Gold Wand (Quarter 4). Prerequisites: None |
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 28 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Wed | Veterinary Science 'Ventures: Micro Mammal Pets | 3rd-4th | Nicole Itz | 12 |
$148.00 $133.20 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
A radiograph for a roly-poly rabbit, a healthy habitat for a hedgehog, or fortified food for a ferret. Sometimes even the smallest mammal pets need medical care! Lots of kids love animals, and some even think about becoming veterinarians and animal specialists. During the second quarter, students will be introduced to the world of veterinary medicine through the lens of caring for small mammals. There is a lot of science in the care and keeping of these micro pets. Hamsters and gerbils, rats and mice, hedgehogs, rabbits, guinea pigs, and ferrets all have different needs in terms of diets, exercise, and habitats. Our budding veterinarians will learn to perform steps of a well-pet check-up and identify common medical Class meetings will include hands-on and interactive demonstrations, simulations, role-playing, activities, games, stories, or short video clips to convey the information. During the final week, students will create a habitat for a figurine pet they will adopt as well as receive a diploma. A lab fee of $20.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Topics in this Series: Discover Dogs (Quarter 1); Micro Mammal Pets (Quarter 2); Horse Healthcare (Quarter 3); Bird Buddies (Quarter 4)
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | We Wannabe Writers (Q2) | 1st-2nd | C. Danielle Mercadal | 8 |
$165.00 $148.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Wannabe Writers is a beginning writing class for first and second graders. Students will use creative journaling and illustrations to respond to simple writing prompts. The class will explore the use of various punctuation for simple sentences and will use new vocabulary words to express an idea. Each week, students will share their completed writing and drawings with their classmates. For this level, students must be able to read a Level 1 reader independently and possess the readiness skills outlined below. Children may repeat this class each quarter as new prompts and writing techniques will be introduced each session, and assignments will not be repeated. Note: This class is designed for students to enjoy a fun, new dimension of writing with peers and a teacher, but this will not take the place of a comprehensive language arts curriculum and regular writing practice. Writing Readiness: Enrolling students must be able to (1) recognize, spell and write his/her first and last name; (2) recognize and write all upper case and lower case letters and know the corresponding sounds; (3) spell and pronounce simple blends, (4) recognize the following sight words: all, am, are, at, ate, be, black, brown, but, came, day, did, do, eat, four, get, go, good, have, he, in, into, is, like, must, new, no, now, on, our, out, please, pretty, ran, ride, saw, say, she, so, soon, that, the, there, they, this, to, too, under, want, was, well, went, what, white, who, will, with, yes; (5) spell and write all 2-letter sight words unaided; (6) be familiar with simple sentence structure; and (7) hold and use a pencil correctly.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Wee Writers (Q2) | K | C. Danielle Mercadal | 8 |
$165.00 $148.50 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Wee Writers is a simple journaling class for emergent kindergarten writers ages 5 and 6. Beginning writers will use basic sight words and phonetics while writing about feelings and experiences. Students will learn basic sentence structure with noun-verb construction, initial capital letter, and ending punctuation. Beginning sentences such as, "I lik cak." or "I drnk wtr." would be typical of emergent writers. Students will illustrate their journal entries and have opportunities to share and discuss their writing with peers. Children may repeat this class each quarter as new writing activities will be introduced each session. Note: This class is designed for students to enjoy a fun, new dimension of writing with peers and a teacher, but this will not take the place of a comprehensive language arts curriculum and regular writing practice. Writing Readiness Enrolling students must be able to (1) recognize and write his/her first name; (2) recognize and write each letter of the alphabet and know the corresponding sounds; and (3) hold and use crayons and scissors correctly. Social Readiness: Students must be age five (5) by the start of the class. To be successful in this program, kindergartners must be able to do the following preschool-level skills: (1) be able to separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be completely self-sufficient in a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.)
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 11 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Fri | Write to Work: Business Writing | 9th-12th | Tanya Oswalt | 5 | $272.00 |
Clear writing is power, and in today's world, the students who communicate ideas precisely are the ones who succeed. "Write to Work" equips high school students with the skills to write professional emails, craft persuasive proposals, create user guides, summarize data, and explain complex ideas clearly and confidently. No matter what the student's future field, clear professional writing is essential. Colleges expect it. Employers demand it. This course moves beyond essays and creative writing to focus on real-world communication- the kind used in offices, labs, startups, and organizations every day. Students will learn to write with clarity, structure, and purpose and gain a practical skill set that sets them apart in any future field. First semester, students will build a strong foundation in professional business communication through practical, real-world writing tasks. The course begins with email etiquette and tone, teaching students how to communicate clearly and professionally in digital settings. From there, students will draft memos and internal communications, write precise instructions, and develop career-ready materials including resumes, cover letters, LinkedIn profiles, and professional bios. As the semester progresses, students will craft persuasive business proposals and executive summaries, write structured informational reports, and learn the basics of writing market research and data findings. They will also practice customer service writing by responding to or writing product complaints, compose press releases, create compelling product descriptions, and write thoughtful product or service reviews. By the end of the semester, students will have assembled a polished portfolio of authentic business documents that reflect clarity, professionalism, and practical workplace readiness. Topics in this Series: Business Writing (Semester 1), Technical Writing (Semester 2). Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Prerequisites: Students should be on-level for high school reading and comprehension. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-4 hours per week outside of class on class reading and activities. Assessments: The instructor will award points for completed assignments that parents can use to assign a grade. Textbook/Materials: All materials will be links to open-source materials or scans of documents provided by the instructor and posted to the class Canvas site. Lab/Supply Fee: None What to Bring: Notebook or paper, pen, or pencil. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in English for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 14 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Mon | Write Your Way: Author's Academy- Storytelling | 9th-12th | Shea Megale | 3 | $336.00 |
Calling all serious writers! Build the foundation of great storytelling as you develop skills in plot, characterization, worldbuilding, and purposeful prose. Students will explore what makes stories compelling, from avoiding common pitfalls to crafting strong narrative voice and structure. Why are "adverbs evil"? Where do even bestselling books fall short? Why is "lying" sometimes essential in first-person narration? Regular workshopping is a core part of the class. Students will share their writing, receive peer feedback, and refine their ideas in a supportive, structured setting as they begin developing original pieces across genres. Students will also gain insight into how authors develop their work and move toward publication, whether writing a fantasy novel, a short story, or a children's book. This class is taught by a traditionally published novelist.
|
2 | ||
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Tue | Writing Well (Q2) | 5th-6th | Shannon McClain | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Writing is not only a critical skill for school and life, it gives kids a voice! In this class, fifth and sixth graders will gain confidence, increase writing fluency, and learn how to incorporate writing into everyday work and play. The objective of this class is for each student to progress and improve his/her own writing. This class does not have a fixed curriculum trying to achieve the same outcome and same skillset for each child, because each student comes to class with different writing experience and varying needs. Instead, through personalized feedback from the instructor and peer feedback exercises, student writers will improve their writing skills from where they started. Students will learn the steps of the writing process: prewriting, drafting, revising, and editing. Key skills practiced at this level include organizing one's thoughts, defining a purpose and audience for the paper, formulating a topic sentence or main idea, developing supporting details, using correct sentence structure (for example, initial capitalization and end punctuation). Students will always be encouraged to write about what interests them. They will write for a few minutes in class each week and will be expected to write short assignments at home and submit their work to the instructor for feedback. Each week, the instructor will share brief lessons on grammar (such as correct capitalization, agreement, tenses, parts of speech, use of adjectives/adverbs), and/or style (for example, using metaphors, adding details, building tension). Examples and exercises will be presented from a variety of styles and genres with the instructor using models from fiction, poetry, and non-fiction. Students should be on or near grade level for reading. Writing Well is offered each quarter under the same class name, but students may take it each quarter to continue to improve their writing skills.
|
1 | |
| Qtr 2 | Oct 27 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Tue | Writing Wonders (Q2) | 3rd-4th | Shannon McClain | 12 |
$171.00 $153.90 by 10/17 |
Opens 09/29 6:00am
|
Writing is not only a critical skill for school and life, it gives kids a voice! In this class, third and fourth graders will gain confidence, increase writing fluency, and learn how to incorporate writing into everyday work and play. The objective of this class is for each student to progress and improve his/her own writing. This class does not have a fixed curriculum trying to achieve the same outcome and same skillset for each child, because each student comes to class with different writing experience and varying needs. Instead, through personalized feedback from the instructor and peer feedback exercises, student writers will improve their writing skills from where they started. Students will learn the steps of the writing process: prewriting, drafting, revising, and editing. Key skills practiced at this level include organizing one's thoughts, defining a purpose and audience for the paper, formulating a topic sentence or main idea, developing supporting details, using correct sentence structure (for example, initial capitalization and end punctuation). Students will always be encouraged to write about what interests them. They will write for a few minutes in class each week and will be expected to write short assignments at home and submit their work to the instructor for feedback. Each week, the instructor will share brief lessons on grammar (such as correct capitalization, agreement, tenses, parts of speech, use of adjectives/adverbs), and/or style (for example, using metaphors, adding details, building tension). Examples and exercises will be presented from a variety of styles and genres with the instructor using models from fiction, poetry, and non-fiction. Students should be on or near grade level for reading. Writing Wonders is offered each quarter under the same class name, but students may take it each quarter to continue to improve their writing skills.
|
1 | |
| Semester | Sep 08 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Tue | Writing Works: Narrative Essays | 6th-8th | Sandy Brown | 2 | $286.00 |
Writing Works because good writing is more than filling a page- it is making words matter. In this class, students will see writing as a craft that can be learned, practiced, and improved. Each week, they will read short examples of strong writing, examine one essential technique and practice it right away in their own writing. The goal is to help students become more confident, capable writers by showing them practical strategies they can use again and again. First semester, students will focus on narrative writing. They will learn how writers turn real experiences into compelling stories by choosing meaningful moments, developing a clear sequence of events, adding relevant details, and creating an engaging beginning and satisfying conclusion. Students will practice using description, dialogue, pacing, and reflection to give their writing personality and purpose while developing their own voice as writers. Strong ideas need strong mechanics to communicate them clearly. Throughout the semester, students will work on sentence structure, paragraphing, grammar, punctuation, revising, and editing as those skills arise naturally in their writing. Rather than treating mechanics as isolated exercises, students will see how these tools make their own writing clearer and more effective. By the end of the course, every student will leave with a collection of writing that demonstrates growth in narrative, expository, persuasive, and poetic writing.
|
2 | ||
| Semester | Sep 14 | 11:00 am | 12:55 pm | Mon | 3D History: Rising Sun & Sudden Strikes, Early Pacific WWII | 9th-12th | Taliesin Knol | 0 | $424.00 |
Why read about key military battles on maps or in books when you can learn about them hands-on, in three dimensions, using historical miniature gaming? In 3D History, pivotal engagements come to life for new and experienced students, as they navigate a table-top terrain, deploy hundreds of miniature soldiers, ships, and tanks... all while playing a military strategy game. Each student will have the opportunity to fight a battle from both sides, allowing them to test various strategies, try multiple scenarios, predict different outcomes, and rewrite history- an effective way to gain a deeper understanding of what actually happened and why! With war raging on in Europe for several years, it was only a matter of time until the rest of the world was dragged in. Lines were being drawn, among them was the "Greater East Asia Co-Prosperity Sphere '' which sought to "liberate" Asia from the imperial powers of the West. This "liberation" replaced Western exploitation with more of the same from a surging fascist Japanese Empire. Led by a "divine" emperor, it amounted to military dictatorship that controlled every aspect of Japanese life in an effort to further its conquests across oceans. The nation that would bear the brunt of this brutal colonialism was China, where Japan had been fighting since 1937, dominating the coastal cities with sea and air power and taking advantage of the fractured state the country had been left in after decades of western exploitation. To maintain a world class military, especially her navy, Japan needed the resources of the Chinese and Korean mainland. After numerous atrocities, Japan's largest trade partner, the United States of America, delivered an ultimatum: Leave China or face an embargo on critical resources like oil and steel. This was the push Japan needed to put into effect its war plans with the Allied Nations. Beginning with a sneak attack to cripple the US fleet in Pearl Harbor, the oil rich Dutch East Indies, US territory of the Philippines, and several major British Imperial holdings in the South Pacific would all be swept away by the rising tide of the Japanese Empire. Students will fight the early battles of the Pacific theater on land, sea, and air using a wide range of miniature soldiers, vehicles and ships. From massive naval action at Pearl Harbor and Midway to jungle and island-hopping combat reenactments, students will study the technical and strategic elements that led to the outcomes of the battle and attempt to recreate the Japanese or Allied successes (or failures.) Upon finishing this semester, every student will understand the conditions that led to war, the objectives for both sides and how successful or realistic these objectives were, both from a modern academic point of view and from the historical point of view given each country's available information. The students' simulations will follow a modified version of the Axis and Allies war at sea system. They will also examine primary sources, newsreels, propaganda material, and modern analyses of the events. Note: This is a 1 hour, 55 minute class with a 10-minute break part way through. Topics in this Series: Rising Sun & Sudden Strikes- Early Pacific (Semester 1) and Final Push & Pacific Fall- Late Pacific (Semester 2). Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Period maps, photographs, and re-creations will be posted on a class Google Drive, and video links from YouTube will be e-mailed to parents and students for homework or supplemental investigation. Assessments: Will not be given. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in History for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 11 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Fri | Action Dance: Caribbean & Latin | 9th-12th | Jeff Virchow | 0 | $295.00 |
Social dancing does not have to be slow or stuffy! There is energy in the ballroom with Action Dance! Students will learn the dynamic, rhythmic dances of the Caribbean: Salsa (Mexican-Cuban), Merengue (Dominican Republic), Rhumba (Afro-Cuban), and Cha-Cha (triple step Cuban). Emphasis in the class will be on having fun and learning techniques to help dancers be comfortable and relaxed. Social dances encourage confidence, social presence, posture, and poise in teens. Social dancing is partner-based dance; consider signing up with a friend! Please note that in order to demonstrate some steps and forms, students may occasionally be invited to partner with their instructor. Topics in this Series: Action Dance: Caribbean & Latin (Semester 1), Action Dance: Swing & Shag (Semester 2), etc. Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Prerequisites: None Assessments: Informal feedback will be given in class. Formal assessments or grades will not be given. What to Wear: Students should wear loose, comfortable clothing. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in fine arts for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Min. 9th grade/age 14 to enroll |
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 08 | 10:00 am | 11:25 am | Tue | Aerospace Engineering: Mars Rover Mission Design and Build Lab | 6th-8th | Juan Urista | 0 | $499.00 |
Humans have been obsessed with Mars since long before Galileo Galilei first saw it with a telescope in 1610. More than 350 years after Galileo, America's Mariner 4 completed the first successful fly-by of Mars on 15 July 1965. Although half of all attempted missions to Mars have failed, the US has successfully gotten several orbiters, landers, probes, rovers, and even a small helicopter to the red planet. This semester, students will learn about scientists' ambitious plans to reach the red planet in their lifetime! While considering the exploration of the planet, the class will undertake a semester-long project to equip and control a replica rover. First, students will learn all about electronic circuitry, sensors, and controllers working with their own ESP32 kit and WaveShare. THe ESP32 board features a dual core processor, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth capabilities in a kit container 35 different modules and sensors. The Waveshare is an ESP32-compatiable, programmable touch screen display. After individual in-class electronics work, students will be ready to hack and control the class rover. Working as a team, students will use their new knowledge of electronics to create subsystems for the replica rover. The rover is a repurposed, fully functional Power Wheels chasis with an equipment mounting platform waiting for the class to install and control components like mini solar panels, LED lighting, moisture sensors, robotic arm, and wi-fi cameras. The class will program these subsystems for simulated Mars exploration such as gathering surface samples and taking pictures while controlled by a joystick. During the semester, the class will host a number of virtual and in-person guest speakers on the topic of Mars exploration. This a 14-week semester class that meets 1.5 hours per week. There is a supply fee of $85.00 due payable to the instructor on/before the first week of class which includes the individual take-home electronics kit and programmable tablet.
|
0 | ||
| Year long | Sep 14 | 11:00 am | 12:55 pm | Mon | AP 2D Art & Design | 10th-12th | Pete Van Riper | 0 | $1085.00 |
Note: AP 2D Art & Design students meet concurrently with AP Drawing students. AP 2D Art & Design is intended to the be first AP art course. Earn college credit and artistic "cred"-ibility in this studio art class! Over the course of the school year, student artists will experiment with artistic techniques, create original works in a variety of mediums and styles, and build a portfolio for submission. Students will be guided by a Compass art instructor, Pete Van Riper, who is also an adjunct art professor at Northern Virginia Community College and a reviewer for AP art portfolios. The three goals of AP 2D Art and Design are to (1) investigate a variety of artistic materials, methods, and ideas; (2) produce 2-dimensional art and designs; and (3) be able to describe and present art and design to others. AP Art and Design students "develop and apply skills of inquiry and investigation, practice, experimentation, revision, communication, and reflection." Student artists will create a portfolio with works that feature the elements of art and principles of design such as "point, line, shape, plane, layer, form, space, texture, color, value, opacity, transparency, time; unity, variety, rhythm, movement, proportion, scale, balance, emphasis, contrast, repetition, figure/ground relationship, connection, juxtaposition, hierarchy." Students will be asked to document their medium choices and keep a sketch book and art journal describing their inspiration and artistic process. In class, works will be done in charcoal, pencil, conte crayon, watercolor crayons, watercolor paints, acrylic paint, and collage. Like other college level classes, outside work will be expected, and art completed outside of the weekly class meetings can include graphic design, digital imaging, photography, collage, fabric design, weaving, fashion design, fashion illustration, painting, and printmaking, and other 2D formats. Students should consider how to express their ideas with selected materials and processes on a flat surface. The College Board has no preferred or unacceptable content or style, but all work must be entirely the student's original creation. Submissions may incorporate pre-existing photographs or others' images provided proper attribution and citations are given and the use reflects an extension of the student's vision and not just duplication or copy work. AI generated designs are strictly prohibited from portfolio submissions, but original, digitally created art is welcome. Students' portfolio submissions for the AP program must include two sections (1) "Sustained Investigation" which includes 15 images of the purposeful evolution of a work or works through concept sketches, practice, experimentation, and revisions, and (2) "Selected Works" which includes images of 5 completed pieces. All portfolio works will be submitted as digital images (scans or photographs) of the student's original pieces, and all images must be accompanied by a written discussion of the materials and processes used. Earn college credit and artistic "cred"-ibility in this studio art class! Over the course of the school year, student artists will experiment with artistic techniques, create original works in a variety of mediums and styles, and build a portfolio for submission. Students will be guided by a Compass art instructor, Pete Van Riper, who is also an adjunct art professor at Northern Virginia Community College and a reviewer for AP art portfolios. The three goals of AP 2D Art and Design are to (1) investigate a variety of artistic materials, methods, and ideas; (2) produce 2-dimensional art and designs; and (3) be able to describe and present art and design to others. AP Art and Design students "develop and apply skills of inquiry and investigation, practice, experimentation, revision, communication, and reflection." Student artists will create a portfolio with works that feature the elements of art and principles of design such as "point, line, shape, plane, layer, form, space, texture, color, value, opacity, transparency, time; unity, variety, rhythm, movement, proportion, scale, balance, emphasis, contrast, repetition, figure/ground relationship, connection, juxtaposition, hierarchy." Students will be asked to document their medium choices and keep a sketch book and art journal describing their inspiration and artistic process. In class, works will be done in charcoal, pencil, conte crayon, watercolor crayons, watercolor paints, acrylic paint, and collage. Like other college level classes, outside work will be expected, and art completed outside of the weekly class meetings can include graphic design, digital imaging, photography, collage, fabric design, weaving, fashion design, fashion illustration, painting, and printmaking, and other 2D formats. Students should consider how to express their ideas with selected materials and processes on a flat surface. The College Board has no preferred or unacceptable content or style, but all work must be entirely the student's original creation. Submissions may incorporate pre-existing photographs or others' images provided proper attribution and citations are given and the use reflects an extension of the student's vision and not just duplication or copy work. AI generated designs are strictly prohibited from portfolio submissions, but original, digitally created art is welcome. Students' portfolio submissions for the AP program must include two sections (1) "Sustained Investigation" which includes 15 images of the purposeful evolution of a work or works through concept sketches, practice, experimentation, and revisions, and (2) "Selected Works" which includes images of 5 completed pieces. All portfolio works will be submitted as digital images (scans or photographs) of the student's original pieces, and all images must be accompanied by a written discussion of the materials and processes used. The class will examine images of others' art, and students will be asked to visit at least two art museums or art exhibits. They will practice giving and receiving construction formal and informal critiques through the observation, analysis, discussion, and evaluation of their own work and that of other artists to hone the AP-required skill of communication about 2D art. Levels This course is only offered at the AP level, but enrollment does not obligate a student to submit a portfolio for AP review. Workload: Student artists should plan 2-4 hours per week outside of class on their pieces, concept drawings, practice sketches, etc. Assignments: All assignments will be communicated to students via email. Assessments: Qualitative feedback will be given weekly in class. The principal assessment in this course is the AP score earned. Textbooks: The instructor will furnish art and design books for students to browse in class and borrow. Supply Fee: A supply fee of $60.00 is due payable to the instructor for shared, in-class basics consisting of: pencils, charcoal, conte a Paris, acrylic paints, brushes, sketch journal, and canvas boards. The instructor will furnish a list of recommended supplies for alternative or premium materials that students may want to incorporate use such as watercolor or colored markers. About AP: "AP" is a trademark of the College Board, which owns and designs the course outline and "audits" (i.e. approves) high school instructors who employ their expertise and creativity to deliver the college freshman-level content. The College Board's summary of the AP 2D Art & Design program can be read HERE, and the instructor AP Course Audit Approval form can be viewed HERE. AP Fees: The fee for the College Board's AP 2D Art & Design portfolio in May 2025 is not included. Each family is responsible for scheduling and paying for their student's AP registration. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in Fine Arts for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
0 | ||
| Year long | Sep 11 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Fri | ASL I | 8th-12th | Erin Green | 0 | $673.00 |
Are you interested in learning a new language that is used here in America? Are you intrigued by a modern language that has no written form? Do you want to find out why American Sign Language is much more closely linked to French Sign Language than British Sign Language? If so, American Sign Language (ASL) is a great language for you! In this class, students will learn the basic skills in production and comprehension of ASL while covering thematic units such as personal and family life, school, social life, and community. Each unit will include presentations and readings on Deaf culture and Deaf history. Students will learn fingerspelling and numbers, developing conversational ability, culturally appropriate behaviors, and fundamental ASL grammar. Class time will be dedicated to interactive ASL activities and face-to-face signing practice with the instructor and partners. This course will focus on Units 1-3 of the TRUE+WAY ASL curriculum introducing students to foundational ASL skills in a supportive, interactive environment. ASL students will have a Deaf instructor. She regularly teaches all-hearing classes and is an excellent role model for students to meet and interact with a native speaker of ASL and to learn natural facial expressions, gestures, and body language used in Deaf communications. ASL students will have more confidence when they encounter Deaf instructors in college or greet speakers of ASL in social settings. Because the instructor is Deaf, students are not permitted to speak aloud in class. This approach improves visual attention and encourages immersion in the language. Students will be able to ask questions of the instructor by writing on individual whiteboards, but they will be encouraged to sign in order to communicate with the instructor. Lessons are facilitated with Power Point presentations, and a professional ASL interpreter will assist the class on the first day of class. Enrolled students are not expected to know any sign language prior to beginning ASL I. Hundreds of colleges and universities, including all public institutions of higher learning in Virginia, accept ASL as a distinct foreign language. This allows hearing and Deaf students to fulfill foreign language requirements for admission to college. Teens who have difficulty writing, spelling, or have challenging pronunciation in English, can be successful with ASL as a second or foreign language choice. Penn State University research demonstrated that the visual and Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours each week outside of class on vocabulary Assignments: Homework assignments will be posted online in the Canvas digital classroom platform. There may be some brief written assignments, but for most homework assignments, students will be asked to post short videos of themselves signing. Students will need either a camera phone or webcam to complete these assignments. Assessments: The instructor will assign points using a class rubric for the parent's use in assigning a course grade. Course rubrics will evaluate students on their sign production, fingerspelling, ASL grammar, facial expressions including "above the nose" grammar (brows and body movement), and "below the nose" modifiers (lip expressions). Textbook/Supply Fee: There is a supply fee of $45.00 payable to the online publisher for the digital access code for the interactive e-textbook, TRUE+WAY ASL for 3 units. With their subscription, students may also access a free searchable, bilingual ASL & English dictionary, called What's the Sign? Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in World Languages for purposes of a high school transcript. This is a 29-week class, with a non-meeting day of 4/23/2027.
|
0 | ||
| Year long | Sep 11 | 9:30 am | 10:55 am | Fri | Chemistry- Lab (Honors or On-Level) | 11th-12th | Liza Enrich | 0 | $1499.00 |
Chemistry is the study of matter and the changes it undergoes. In this full-year laboratory course, students explore how the structure of atoms explains the properties of substances and how chemical reactions shape the world around us. Through hands-on investigations, demonstrations, and guided inquiry, students develop both conceptual understanding and practical laboratory skills. Course concepts include the study of matter, scientific measurement, atomic structure, models of the atom, and the periodic table. Students will then study ionic and covalent bonding, intermolecular forces, and how structure affects both the properties of substances and the energy of processes. Students will apply an understanding of chemical reactions and the law of conservation of mass to understanding processes such as acid-base chemistry, gas laws, and kinetics. Laboratory work is central to the course. Students conduct experiments to measure density, explore bonding and solubility, investigate energy changes, analyze chemical reactions, determine limiting reactants, perform titrations, and design and carry out their own investigations. Emphasis is placed on identifying variables, collecting reliable data, constructing graphs, and drawing evidence-based conclusions. Quantitative reasoning is incorporated throughout the course, including proportional reasoning, dimensional analysis, graph interpretation, and algebra-based problem solving. This course is designed to build strong scientific thinking skills while providing a solid foundation for future study in chemistry, biology, physics, and environmental science. Prerequisites: Students must have successfully completed Algebra I and a full-year high school science course such as Compass's Introduction to High School Science, Biology, or the equivalent. Students should also be strong, independent readers and able to understand graphs, tables, percentages, decimals, ratios, and averages. Class Meetings: This class will be taught in a Hybrid format with an online lecture on Mondays (9:00 am - 9:55 am) over a live, online platform and in-person lab and activities on Fridays (9:30 am - 10:55 am). Registration for the Lab section will automatically enroll the student in the Lecture section. Class Expectations: For both in-person and virtual class meetings, students are expected to come prepared, have class materials, and be ready to participate in class discussions and activities. During virtual lectures (Mondays), students are expected to be seated at a desk or table and have their cameras on. Levels: This course provides a substantive, full-credit experience at either an on-level or honors track. All class members complete the same core material and participate in the same labs. Students taking the course at the honors level are generally on a college-prep or STEM track and will complete additional assignments, engage in more advanced mathematical reasoning, and take more challenging assessments. Students must identify their level prior to the start of class. At any point in the year, a student may transition from honors to on-level if the workload exceeds the students' expectations. Workload: All students should expect to spend 3-4 hours per week outside of class on pre-learning, problem sets, pre-labs, and lab reports. Honors students can expect an additional 1-2 hours of additional work. Pre-learning and pre-lab work is required so class time can be spent on highlights, class discussion, homework review, and labs. Assignments: All assignments will be posted on password-protected Canvas classroom management site. There, students access assignments, upload homework, take automated quizzes and tests, track grades, and message the instructor and classmates. Parents can have an observer account in Canvas to review assignments and graded work. Assessments: Students will earn points for completed homework, tests and quizzes, lab reports, and participation. Parents can calculate a letter grade using the student's points earned divided by points available. Parents may view all scoring and comments at any time through the Canvas site. Textbook/Materials: None Lab/Supply Fee: A lab fee of $150 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. What to Bring: Students should bring a 3-ring 1- or 2-inch binder with 5 dividers, a pen and a pencil, splash goggles, and a scientific calculator each week. What to Wear: Students should not wear any loose, drapey clothing to lab. They should come to lab with long hair tied back and must wear closed toe shoes. Students must wear their splash goggles during all labs. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in Lab Science for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Algebra I and a full-year high school science class |
0 | ||
| Year long | Sep 14 | 9:00 am | 9:55 am | Mon | Chemistry- Lecture (Honors or On-Level) **ONLINE** | 11th-12th | Liza Enrich | 0 | $0.00 |
This is a place-holder for the Chemistry lecture. Students should register for the Chemistry Lab, which will automatically enroll them in both sections. A physical meeting room will be designated for on-campus students who have classes immediately before or after this virtual session. Prerequisites: Algebra I and a full-year high school science class |
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 11 | 10:00 am | 12:55 pm | Fri | Compass Kindergarten- Science Sparks (Sem 1) | K | C. Danielle Mercadal | 0 | $638.00 |
Can your child sit in a circle for story time? Line up for lunch? Take turns talking? This one-day, 3-hour (half-day) program is a "taste" of kindergarten for 5- year-olds. Start your child's week off right with "Mornings with Miss M" at Compass Kindergarten. Children will work in a small group with an experienced early elementary educator for this dynamic, play-based program that offers regular interaction and socialization. This fun, activity-based program will create rhythm and routine in a homeschooled kindergartner's week and give them a sense of community and a peer group. Children will practice routines and transitions as they move through the morning. Each session will include some simple structure such as a daily arrival song/greeting, circle time, story, snack time, activity, lunch, active game, and closing/goodbyes. Through games and activities, they will also practice key childhood social skills such as sharing, taking turns, and entering play with others. Academic basics such as the ABCs, days of the week, colors, shapes, and number sense will be integrated into activities involving fairy tales, nature and art. The teacher will provide ideas for parents to work on at home with their child during the week. Compass Kindergarten is offered in three weekly sessions: Monday, Wednesday, or Friday. Registration is stand-alone for each day so parents can register for one, two, or all three. While each kindergarten class will give children the opportunities for learning and playing in a social environment along with classroom routines, each of the three days will focus on a particular area of study and discovery of how each is connected. On Fridays, the focus will be on science and exploration of the natural world through stories, crafts, and observations both inside and outside the classroom. Themes include seasons, weather, local animals, and the five senses. As a bonus, Compass kindergarten students assist in carring for the Compass lab animals (1 gecko, 3 bearded dragnons, 1 fire-bellied toad, and 1 rat.) Readiness: Students must be age five (5) by the start of the program or have the teacher's approval for younger. To be successful in this program, entering kindergartners must be able to do the following preschool-level skills: (1) be able to separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and listen to a story or stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be able to write and recognize his/her first name; (5) be able to hold and use crayons and scissors correctly; (6) be completely self sufficient in a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.) Other Notes: Children should bring a bagged lunch and water bottle to each session. There is a $50.00 material fee for class consumables due payable to the teacher on the first day of class. Parents can choose to drop children off for this program (different than Compass's school-year policies for 55 minute classes.) Registration for this program is by 14-week semester with priority registration for continuing students. Parents who are shopping around or applying to alternate kindergarten programs should review the Compass withdrawal policy.
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 11 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Fri | Fashion History & Design: 1900s to 1960s | 9th-12th | Judith Harmon | 0 | $272.00 |
Paris. Milan. Madrid. What's on the runways in 2026? Wide disco collars, chic trench coats, and layered skirts in simmering neons, crochet knits, and faux leather. Do you study the pages of Glamour, Vogue, Marie Claire, and wish to be involved in the world of trendy fashion? Perhaps you follow fashion influencers on Instagram. Or, do you enjoy the satisfaction of designing apparel yourself, your way? If so, this class is for you. Each week this course will cover two aspects: the history of fashion and fashion design. Fashion trends are often cyclical, and elements of style are reimagined every few decades. Students will seek inspiration for new designs and style remixes by learning about the history of fashion in eastern and western cultures for the last century. First semester, students will look at fashion trends by decade from 1900 through the 1960s. This semester will cover chapters 1 through 3 in the textbook. With inspiration from historical design trends, students will learn how to create fashion renderings, from initial concepts through a chic, coordinated collection. First semester, the class will learn about color theory, color psychology, and composing color palettes. They will learn to draw their designs by sketching a croquis (a quick, rough sketch of a garments on a proportioned figure.) Students will practice vision boarding and developing a story board. This class does not include sewing the fashions. Topics in this Series: Fashion History & Design 1900s-1960s (Semester 1), Fashion History & Design 1970s-Today (Semester 2). Prerequisites: None. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class on reading assignments and completing design activities. Assignments: Projects and readings will be given out in class and will also be communicated via email. Assessments: Individual feedback is given in class. Formal assessments will not be given. Textbook: Students should purchase Fundamentals of Fashion Design, 3rd Edition, by Richard Sorger and Jenny Udale (ISBN# 978-1474270007) before the first class. Additional information will be distributed as handouts in class. Lab/Supply Fee: None. What to Bring: Images/sample photos, swatches, and other assigned materials. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Fine Arts or Career Education for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 11 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Fri | Guitar for Teen Beginners I | 9th-12th | Ney Mello | 0 | $354.00 |
Learn the fundamentals of playing the guitar! In this class, students will learn basic melodies such as Happy Birthday, Jingle Bells, Twinkle Twinkle Little Star, as well as classic rock favorites like Smoke on the Water, etc. Kids will learn to play chords and strumming patterns for familiar songs chosen by the instructor and students. Students are encouraged to bring in music they are interested in learning. New chords and new songs will be added each week as students also learn to read music and basic music theory. Students will also learn how to hold, tune, and care for their guitars. Each student will need a least a beginner level acoustic guitar. Students should be able to read at grade level for this class and should plan to practice at home several times each week. Students should expect to spend 20-30 minutes per day most days practicing chords and melodies from class. There is a materials fee of $11.00 payable to the Compass on the first day of class for a tablature notebook.
|
0 | ||
| Year long | Sep 09 | 12:00 pm | 12:55 pm | Wed | Integrated Middle School Science (12pm) | 7th-8th | Manal Hussein | 0 | $709.00 |
Why do Mentos candies in Coke make a fizzy mess? What makes the different colors in fireworks? How can lizards grow new limbs? Middle schoolers can find the answer to these and dozens of other intriguing questions through science! This year-long, hands-on science course is a survey of key concepts in the fields of Life Science, Physical Science (chemistry and physics), and Earth Science which will give 7th and 8th grade students the fundamentals they need to tackle high school-level Geology, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Environmental Science. Topics covered in this course will not only provide a foundation for higher level science, but will also boost the student's confidence and fluency in discussing scientific issues, applying scientific terminology, and using scientific equipment. Content covered in this course will also enable a teen to become a more educated reader and consumer of scientific news and information. General life science themes include life cycles, food webs, scientific classification, cell structure, and human body systems. Topics in chemistry include states of matter, atomic structure, elements and the Periodic Table, and chemical reactions and solutions. Themes in physics include motion, position, speed and acceleration, weight (mass), gravity, friction, buoyancy and density, and electricity and magnetism. The earth science unit will cover the rock cycle, minerals, rocks, fossils, weathering and erosion. In this class, students will learn about the principles of scientific investigations and engineering practices, the Scientific Method, and preparation of formal lab reports. They will practice taking measurements, recording data, converting units of measure, and related mathematical concepts such as significant figures, International System of Units, scientific notation, graphs, and data analysis. Students will learn how to provide evidence to support explanations and solutions for their investigations. This class is appropriate for a tween or teen who has had limited middle school level science and who wants to prepare for high school science. In general, a topic will be discussed one week and then the corresponding lab or activity will be performed in class the following week. Microscope work will be used in some life science labs. Meeting Dates: This is a 29-week course witht the week off to be announced. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class on reading and homework assignments. Assignments: All class announcements and assignments will be communicated via a Google Classroom. Assessments: Informal, qualitative and constructive feedback will be given on submitted assignments. A quantitative score/grade will not be provided. Textbook: Students should purchase Everything You Need to Ace Science in One Big Fat Notebook: The Complete Middle School Study Guide by Workman Publishing (ISBN # 978-0761160953) Materials: Students should bring the following supplies to each class: colored pencils, glue stick, pens or pencils to write with, and a ruler. In addition, a laptop computer will be needed some weeks in class for data collection and some weeks at home for online quizlets. Lab/Supply Fee: A lab fee of $100.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Credit: This course is not recommended as a high school credit. Prerequisites: 6th Grade Math |
0 | ||
| Year long | Sep 09 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Wed | Integrated Middle School Science (1pm) | 7th-8th | Manal Hussein | 0 | $709.00 |
Why do Mentos candies in Coke make a fizzy mess? What makes the different colors in fireworks? How can lizards grow new limbs? Middle schoolers can find the answer to these and dozens of other intriguing questions through science! This year-long, hands-on science course is a survey of key concepts in the fields of Life Science, Physical Science (chemistry and physics), and Earth Science which will give 7th and 8th grade students the fundamentals they need to tackle high school-level Geology, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Environmental Science. Topics covered in this course will not only provide a foundation for higher level science, but will also boost the student's confidence and fluency in discussing scientific issues, applying scientific terminology, and using scientific equipment. Content covered in this course will also enable a teen to become a more educated reader and consumer of scientific news and information. General life science themes include life cycles, food webs, scientific classification, cell structure, and human body systems. Topics in chemistry include states of matter, atomic structure, elements and the Periodic Table, and chemical reactions and solutions. Themes in physics include motion, position, speed and acceleration, weight (mass), gravity, friction, buoyancy and density, and electricity and magnetism. The earth science unit will cover the rock cycle, minerals, rocks, fossils, weathering and erosion. In this class, students will learn about the principles of scientific investigations and engineering practices, the Scientific Method, and preparation of formal lab reports. They will practice taking measurements, recording data, converting units of measure, and related mathematical concepts such as significant figures, International System of Units, scientific notation, graphs, and data analysis. Students will learn how to provide evidence to support explanations and solutions for their investigations. This class is appropriate for a tween or teen who has had limited middle school level science and who wants to prepare for high school science. In general, a topic will be discussed one week and then the corresponding lab or activity will be performed in class the following week. Microscope work will be used in some life science labs. Meeting Dates: This is a 29-week course witht the week off to be announced. Workload: Students should expect to spend 1-2 hours per week outside of class on reading and homework assignments. Assignments: All class announcements and assignments will be communicated via a Google Classroom. Assessments: Informal, qualitative and constructive feedback will be given on submitted assignments. A quantitative score/grade will not be provided. Textbook: Students should purchase Everything You Need to Ace Science in One Big Fat Notebook: The Complete Middle School Study Guide by Workman Publishing (ISBN # 978-0761160953) Materials: Students should bring the following supplies to each class: colored pencils, glue stick, pens or pencils to write with, and a ruler. In addition, a laptop computer will be needed some weeks in class for data collection and some weeks at home for online quizlets. Lab/Supply Fee: A lab fee of $100.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Credit: This course is not recommended as a high school credit. Prerequisites: 6th Grade Math |
0 | ||
| Year long | Sep 09 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Wed | Introduction to High School Science- Lab | 9th-12th | Manal Hussein | 0 | $989.00 |
How do viruses hijack your cells? How do skateboarders survive spins on a half-pipe? What causes some lithium-ion batteries to burst into flames? Answers to these questions can be found in the study of high school science! Foundations in High School Science is a year-long, introductory high school science course which examines the living and non-living worlds. This survey course introduces key concepts from Biology, Chemistry, and Physics which will lay the foundation for students to pursue more rigorous, year-long high school science courses in each discipline. This course also serves as a science survey, or overview, for students who will not be pursuing a STEM field or advanced education. Students will learn about the principles of scientific investigations and engineering practices, the Scientific Method, and the basic format of a lab report. They will practice taking measurements, recording data, converting units of measure, and related mathematical concepts such as International System of Units, scientific notation, graphs, and data analysis. Students will learn how to provide evidence to support explanations and solutions for their investigations. Topics in biology will include molecular, cellular, classification, organisms, populations, and ecosystems. Students will explore the relationships between living things and their environments. The chemistry units will cover the composition of matter, atomic structure and periodic table, and chemical bonds and reactions, while the survey of physics will include forces and motions; conservation of energy, thermal energy, electricity and magnetism; and wave phenomena, characteristics, behavior, including electromagnetic and sound waves. Prerequisites: Students should have completed 8th grade math or a course in Pre-Algebra prior to taking Introduction to High School Science. They should be familiar with ratios, rates, proportions, decimals, percents, exponents, and solving one-variable equations. Meeting Dates: This is a 29-week course with the week off to be announced. Class Meetings: This class will be taught in a Hybrid format with an online lecture on Mondays (10:00 am - 10:55 am) over a live, online platform and in-person lab and activities on Wednesdays (11:00 am - 11:55 am). Registration for the Lab section will automatically enroll the student in the Lecture section. Class Expectations: For both in-person and virtual class meetings, students are expected to come prepared, have class materials, and be ready to participate in class discussions and activities. During virtual lectures (Mondays), students are expected to be seated at a desk or table and have their cameras on. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2-3 hours per week outside of class on reading and homework assignments. Assignments: All class announcements and assignments will be communicated via Google Classroom. Assessments: Informal, qualitative and constructive feedback will be given on submitted assignments. A quantitative score/grade will not be provided. Textbook: Students should purchase or rent Physical Science - Interactive Science by Pearson / Savvas Publishing (ISBN # 978-0133209266) and Biology For Dummies (ISBN # 978-1119894810 ) Materials: Students should bring the following supplies to each class: Five Star spiral graph ruled notebook, scientific calculator, colored pencils, glue stick, pens or pencils to write with, and a ruler. Students will be asked to bring a laptop to class on some days. Lab/Supply Fee: A lab fee of $100.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in Lab Science for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Co-Requisite: Pre-Algebra |
0 | ||
| Year long | Sep 14 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Mon | Introduction to High School Science- Lecture **ONLINE** | 9th-12th | Manal Hussein | 0 | $0.00 |
This is a place-holder for the Introduction to High School Science lecture. Students should register for the Introduction to High School Science Lab, which will automatically enroll them in both class sections. A physical meeting room will be designated for on-campus students who have classes immediately before or after this virtual session. Prerequisites: Co-Requisite: Pre-Algebra |
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 08 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Japanese Language and Culture I | 7th-12th | Elise Doucet | 0 | $340.00 |
Konnichiwa (Hello)! Do you want to better understand your favorite anime, manga, or J-pop lyrics, chat with Japanese friends or neighbors, or simply explore the fascinating language and culture of the "Land of the Rising Sun." Whatever your reason, this introductory Japanese course is your chance to begin building real communication skills from the ground up. Students will focus on speaking and listening through practical, everyday conversation while also beginning to read and write the Japanese writing systems: hiragana, katakana, and beginner kanji. Students will learn vocabulary, grammar, and expressions for introducing themselves, talking about hobbies and interests, describing likes and dislikes, discussing foods and drinks, using numbers and colors, and understanding common everyday phrases. Along the way, they will also gain insight into the humor, emotion, and cultural nuances that make Japanese media so engaging. This class is a welcoming introduction for students who are curious about Japan, excited to study a new language, and ready to begin their Japanese-learning adventure. In class, students will practice conversation, play games, role-play, and watch video clips of Japanese conversation and culture explorations. Texbooks/Materials: Students should rent or purchase the textbook; Genki: An Integrated Course in Elementary Japanese Volume 1 Textbook (ISBN: 978-4789017305)
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 08 | 10:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Little Learners Preschool (TUE, SEM1) | 3-1/2 years- 4-1/2 years | Louisa Worrell | 0 | $498.00 |
Can your little one settle for story time? Share, smile, and socialize during play? Follow fun, familiar directions? This one-morning, 2-hour program is a "taste" of preschool for homeschooled youngsters. Young children will learn and play in a small group with an experienced child developmental specialist/preschool educator for this dynamic program that offers regular interaction and socialization. Your little one will enjoy being with same-aged peers, building independence, and tackling new skills for a few hours each week. Little Learners Lab will introduce foundational concepts needed for future learning such as pre-reading skills (such as letter recognition); pre-writing skills (such as tracing or highlighting); and pre-math skills (such as colors, patterns). This play-based and language-based program will feature circle time, seasonal themes, songs, and stories. Games and free play time will allow young children to practice key childhood social skills such as sharing, taking turns, and entering play with others. Activities that incorporate multi-modalities and strengthen fine motor skills will be introduced. A mid-morning break consisting of a small snack (such as goldfish crackers, teddy grahams, or animal crackers) and water will be furnished at each session. The teacher will also provide ideas for parents to work on at home with their child during the week. Little Learners Lab Preschool is offered in three weekly sessions: Tuesday morning, Wednesday afternoon, and Thursday morning. Registration is stand-alone for each day so parents can register for 1,2,or 3 sessions. As a learning lab, Compass may invite 1-3 high school students, ages 13+, to serve as classroom aides and learn about early childhood education/development. Readiness: Students must be age 3-1/2 (42 months) by the start of the session (no exceptions). To be successful in this program, entering preschoolers must be able to do the following: (1) separate from parents with little discomfort; (2) be able to sit and listen to a story or stay on a task for 10 minutes; (3) be able to follow simple, age-appropriate directions from the teacher or another adult; (4) be able to voice needs or requests; and (5) be completely potty trained and able to use a public restroom (wiping, flushing, washing hands, etc.) with minimal oversight of a classroom aide. Other Notes:
|
0 | ||
| Year long | Sep 08 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue, Thu | Pre-Algebra | 7th-9th | Jennifer Hallworth | 0 | $1169.00 |
This is a complete course in Pre-Algebra that will provide an introduction to basic algebra concepts and a review of arithmetic algorithms with an emphasis on problem solving. The major topics covered in this course are Numbers and Operations, Expressions and Properties, Equations and Inequalities, Functional Relationships and Ratios, Percent and Proportions. Students will learn to use formulas to solve a variety of math problems encompassing geometry, measurement probability, and statistics. Students will also be applying their learning to real life scenarios to solve problems. Prerequisites: Students must be fluent in the four basic operations- addition, subtraction, multiplication and division. They will need to show proficiency and have a thorough command of basic computation. In addition, a basic, introductory understanding and ability to work with fractions and decimals is required to solve equations and simplify expressions. If you are unsure about your child's readiness for this class, the instructor will recommend one or more practice platforms and/or assessments to confirm placement. Workload: Students should expect to spend 3-4 hours per week outside of class to complete practice problems, homework, and assessments. Assignments: All assignments will be posted on password-protected Canvas classroom management site. There, students access assignments, upload homework, link to quizzes and tests, track grades, and message the instructor and classmates. Assessments: All chapter tests will be taken outside of class with parental oversight to maximize in-class instructional time. Points will be assigned for completed homework, quizzes, and tests. A letter grade will not be assigned, but parents can use total points earned versus total points offered to assign a grade for purposes of a homeschool transcript. Parents can view total points earned at any time through the Canvas site. See the instructor's webpage for detailed homework and test policy, including late work and re-work. Textbook: The selected textbook is available free online, and a link will be posted on Canvas. Students who prefer a hard copy textbook may purchase or rent McDougall Littell's Pre-Algebra (ISBN #978-0618250035). As an alternative, for any student who struggles with reading, the textbook can be purchased as an audio CD (ISBN #978-0618478828). What to Bring: TI-34 calculator Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a full credit in Mathematics for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Preparation for Pre-Algebra or Equivalent |
0 | ||
| Year long | Sep 08 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Tue, Thu | Preparation for Pre-Algebra | 6th-8th | Jennifer Hallworth | 0 | $1169.00 |
Preparation for Pre-Algebra is a year-long curriculum that will teach the fundamentals a student must master before embarking pre-algebra, algebra, and beyond. The class will review arithmetic skills, operations, and number theory. Key topics include fractions, rates, ratios, decimals, and percentages. Students will learn the computational operations of adding, subtracting, multiplying, and dividing fractions and decimals. They will learn what decimals stand for, how they relate to fractions, and how to convert between the two. They will discover how rates and ratios are also fractions. Students will learn how to work with negative numbers including strategies for completing all four common operations with negative numbers. The class will also cover exponents and orders of magnitude to make sense of really small and really big numbers and common operations. This class will also emphasize real world applications of the mathematical concepts through word problems so students become comfortable switching between prose (written descriptions) and mathematical representation (numbers, symbols) of real world examples such as money, mileage, weights, percentages, and scientific measures. Prerequisites: This course can be considered a pre-pre-algebra class that will teach the core concepts typically covered in later elementary school/early middle school after a general arithmetic curriculum and before pre-algebra. While different curriculums and student pacing will vary, this class would be appropriate for a student who has successfully covered long division, multiplication of multiple digit numbers, and an introduction to simple fractions and who has complete mastery of multiplication facts, skills often aligned with 5th grade mathematics. Workload: Students should expect to spend 3-4 hours per week outside of class to complete practice problems, homework, and assessments. Assignments: The Canvas online class management system will be used to post assignments and scores. Students should have their own e-mail address to be set up users of the Canvas system. Parents can also be set up as Canvas guests/observers for purposes of tracking the student's progress and workload. Assessments: In this class, the instructor will assess a student's progress by: checking that weekly homework sets are complete; spot-checking the full solution 1-2 select problems in class each week, and giving quarterly take-home tests. Points will also be awarded for class participation. Parents will be able to view accumulated points awarded in the class for purpose of determining a parent-awarded course grade. Textbook: Students should rent or purchase the class text: EP Math 5/6 Workbook (ISBN# 979-8643323693).
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 11 | 1:00 pm | 1:55 pm | Fri | Teen Scene: One-Act Spin-Offs and Spoofs | 9th-12th | Judith Harmon | 0 | $265.00 |
Teens will enjoy the creativity and camaraderie of putting on a one-act comedy that is a spin-off or spoof on a well-known tale. The class will begin by reading through three possible scripts to select one that bests suits their group and grabs their interest. Students, along with their acting coach, will cast, rehearse, and coordinate a class performance. Teens will enjoy taking on unusual personas and bringing their characters to life while interacting with classmates. They will be encouraged to design and assemble simple costumes, props, and backdrops from items at home. They will be expected to learn their lines and fully participate in planning their performance. The group will perform the 45-60 minute piece for family and friends at the end of the semester. Classes in acting and theater education build a teen's confidence along with improving their social and communication skills. This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, are flexible and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and can work collaboratively in a group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. Topics in this Series: One Act Spin-Offs and Spoofs (Semester 1) and It's Not What it Seems (Semester 2) Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hour per week outside of class. Assignments: If any, will be sent to parents and students by e-mail. Assessments: will not be given. Supply Fee: There is a $30.00 licensed script fee due payable to the instructor on the first day of class. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Fine Arts for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 11 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Fri | Teen Stage: Innovative Improv | 9th-12th | Jeff Virchow | 0 | $295.00 |
Snappy comebacks, one-liners, sarcasm, exaggeration, irony...and teenagers. These things just go together! Improv gives kids an outlet for fun, creative stories and spontaneous humor. Teens who find amusement in the unexpected and humor in the unpredictable will enjoy improvisational acting! First semester, actors will explore the basics of improvisation, story-telling, and stagecraft through activities and exercises that encourage cooperation, communication, and teamwork. With fun, interactive improv games such as "Yes, and.." and "Improved Stories," students will learn how to use short form improv to play off each other to convey character, emotion, situation, setting, and to highlight their scene partners. The variety of improv activities each week will help develop the "group mind" and class dynamic. Small group and partner work will boost teens' confidence and trust in a supportive environment. Improvisation is the art of entertaining with connected, unpredictable twists and turns often seen from the great comedians and best live entertainers. Improv students will improve their ability to think on-their-feet, play off each other, and react with spontaneous wit, sarcasm, and irony. Actors' creative thinking and communication skills will be strengthened as they work "outside-of-the-box" and learn to read their audience. Improv can be for everyone! No previous experience is needed. Beginners are welcome, and experienced students will further develop their improv skills. If you have taken this class before, go ahead and take it again because no two classes are ever alike. This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, flexible, and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and can work collaboratively in a group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. This is not an "anything goes" or free-for-all class. Topics in this Series: Innovative Improv (Semester 1), Immersive Improv (Semester 2. Students continuing from first semester receive priority pre-registration for second semester. Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hour per week outside of class. Assignments: If any, will be sent to parents and students by e-mail. Assessments: Informal, qualitative feedback will be given in class throughout the semester. A quantitative score/grade will not be provided. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in Fine Arts for purposes of a high school transcript. Prerequisites: Min. 9th grade/age 14 to enroll. |
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 10 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Thu | The Beauty of Biology: MacroBio & Organisms | 7th-8th | Osk Huneycutt | 0 | $342.00 |
What makes living things alike, and what makes them different? How do organisms survive, grow, and interact with the world around them? How did life on Earth begin as single-celled organisms and give rise to the staggering diversity we see today? This two-semester series gives students a strong, hands-on foundation in the core concepts they will encounter in high school biology, from the origin and evolution of life to cells, genetics, and human body systems. Through real lab experiences including microscope work, specimen observation, and guided dissections, students will develop the skills to observe, analyze, and think like scientists. First semester, students explore the big picture of life by studying how living things are classified, how they interact, and how they have changed over time. Topics include the six kingdoms of life, classification systems, natural selection, speciation, heredity, evolution, ecosystems, and energy flow through food chains and webs. Students will observe organisms of increasing complexity as they seek to understand how life developed and diversified on Earth- beginning with single-celled organisms like amoeba, then sponges, worms, and plants (including a flower dissection) and fungi (including a mushroom dissection). Guided dissections focus on comparing body systems across organisms of increasing complexity and may include a sea anemone, starfish, freshwater mussel, earthworm, crayfish, squid, and a frog. For the frog dissection, students who feel uncomfortable may opt for a paper and virtual alternative. The class will also have the opportunity to observe preserved specimens including jellyfish, sea urchins, sea cucumbers, and a sea lamprey, as well as live specimens when available. Students will learn proper lab safety, and practice dissection and microscope techniques. Notes: (2) Preserved and living specimens are subject to availability. Though specimens will be ordered in advance, some may be unavailable for extended periods of time, in which case the instructor will select alternate specimens or laboratory activities. (3) Students who complete both semesters and engage with the suggested supplemental material may find this sequence suitable as part or all of a biology credit for a high school student seeking a more accessible biology course. Topics in this series: MacroBio & Organisms (Semester 1) and MicroBio & Organs (Semester 2). There is $60.00 supply fee due payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class.
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 10 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Tween Stage: 10 Ways to Survive the Zombie Apocalypse | 6th-8th | Judith Harmon | 0 | $265.00 |
Brains, beware! When the world descends into a snack-happy zombie siege, survival becomes is more than a "no-brainer." Every mind-blowing plan leaves you "dead on your feet." Should you stick your neck out or save your skin, when every move risks making you bite off more than you can chew? In this tongue-in-cheek guide, the rules are simple: keep your wits about you (while you still have brains), and try not to lose your head. Tweens will love the offbeat humor and the chance to band together- before the horde does- to bring this wildly wacky apocalypse to life. Students, along with their acting instructor, will cast, rehearse, and coordinate a class performance of this comedy. Students will be encouraged to design and assemble simple costumes, props, and backdrops from items at home. Student actors will be expected to learn their lines and participate fully. This class is best suited for students who are active listeners, are flexible and easily adapt, have a sense of humor, and can work in a collaborative group. Students need to be able to stay in sync with the flow of the class. This is not an "anything goes" or free-for-all class. The students will perform for family and friends at the end of the semester. Topics in this Series: 10 ways to Survive the Zombie Apocalpse (Semester 1) and Good Cop, Bad Cop (Semester 2). Supply Fee: A class fee of $40.00 is due payable to the instructor on the first day of class for a copy of the licensed script, performance royalty, and project materials.
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 14 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Mon | War Room (Military Intelligence): Pacific Peril | 9th-12th | Taliesin Knol | 0 | $357.00 |
Perhaps you have heard that ,"Knowing is half the battle." This class will examine the roles of military intelligence and espionage in conflicts. A fundamental goal of military intelligence is to fight smarter, not harder, on the battlefield. For context and inspiration, the class will examine the history of the real spies of WWII, their methods, failures, and successes. First semester will examine the early Pacific theater of World War II from 1941 - 1943, as tensions erupted into full-scale conflict following the attack on Pearl Harbor. Intelligence gaps, surprise offensives, and rapid territorial gains left Allied forces scrambling to respond to the expanding reach of the Japanese Empire. In the months that followed, critical battles across island chains and open seas tested strategy, communication, and resolve. This is where first semester will begin and the roles students will play. The mission, should students choose to accept it, is to use actual enigma codes and a modified tabletop RPG (role playing game) system to simulate missions, write encoded messages, and attempt to crack the enemy's plan. While Compass's 3D History classes will simulate the battles in the field, this class will assume the supporting role by attempting to infiltrate Japanese-held territories with field agents. War Room students in the "headquarters" will direct both their field agents and the missions of the frontline troops in 3D History. The decisions of War Room students will affect the play of 3D History students, and outcomes of the 3D History role play will dictate the work of the War Room the following Monday. While co-registration in both classes is not required, some students may want to dual register in order to see both the tactical and strategic aspects of a major engagement and how military intelligence affects the outcomes. This course is recommended for teens who have a passion for military history or an interest in a future career in intelligence. Topics in this Series: Pacific Peril (Semester 1) and The Pacific Push (Semester 2). Workload: Students should expect to spend 0-1 hour per week outside of class. Assignments: Course documents including period maps, photographs and recreations will be made available through a class Google Drive link emailed to parents and students, as well as a class YouTube playlist for any videos watched in class or assigned as homework. Assessments: Will not be given. Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in World History, US History, Military History, or Career Exploration for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 11 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Fri | Worldbuilding: Utopian Universe (10am) | 8th-12th | Judith Harmon | 0 | $272.00 |
Students will become immersed in the imaginary worlds they construct in this unique course that encompasses elements of fiction writing, sociology, and anthropology. Worldbuilding is the foundation of speculative fiction, such as sci-fi and fantasy, role-playing games, videos, comics, and other visual media. Countless examples of Worldbuilding exist in the movies and books we consume every day such as Tolkien's Middle Earth, the many elaborate settlements of the Star Wars franchise, and the popular RPG, Dungeons and Dragons. In this course, students will develop a fictional locale. Will it be a small village in a known place, a new planet, or an original universe? Students will be guided through an interactive, iterative process of "top-down" design of their unique world, determining broad characteristics first then then elaborating with increasing detail. Builders will make coherent and integrated decisions on geography, climate, ecology, flora, fauna, inhabitants, races, history, social customs, language, religion, origin story, powers/magic, legal system, currency, and technology. The class will read excerpts and watch clips of well-known fictional works which will provide strong examples of each of the elements. First semester, the develop their own perfectly polished, harmonious haven, Utopian Universes. Students, along with their instructor, will develop an in-class world as an example. Students will use the lessons and exercises reviewed in class to further develop their individual world project. Students will be expected to keep a notebook of decisions and details as they progress through designing the elements of their world. Students will have the option to purchase a discounted student subscription to World Anvil, a web-based subscription service which allows students to create maps, timelines, and other tools to organize their made-up world. Each student will be expected to make a PowerPoint presentation at the end of the semester which addresses each of the built-world elements. Topics in this Series: Utopian Universe (Semester 1), Underworlds (Semester 2). Prerequisites: Reading/writing at grade level. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Will be posted in a Google Classroom. Assessments: The instructor will assign points for a final semester presentation and completed "Creative Sparks" which are written responses to weekly prompts. Parents may use the student's earned points versus total possible points to calculate a grade for the class. Lab/Supply Fee: Included Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in language arts (creative writing) for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 11 | 2:00 pm | 2:55 pm | Fri | Worldbuilding: Utopian Universe (2 pm) | 8th-12th | Judith Harmon | 0 | $272.00 |
Students will become immersed in the imaginary worlds they construct in this unique course that encompasses elements of fiction writing, sociology, and anthropology. Worldbuilding is the foundation of speculative fiction, such as sci-fi and fantasy, role-playing games, videos, comics, and other visual media. Countless examples of Worldbuilding exist in the movies and books we consume every day such as Tolkien's Middle Earth, the many elaborate settlements of the Star Wars franchise, and the popular RPG, Dungeons and Dragons. In this course, students will develop a fictional locale. Will it be a small village in a known place, a new planet, or an original universe? Students will be guided through an interactive, iterative process of "top-down" design of their unique world, determining broad characteristics first then then elaborating with increasing detail. Builders will make coherent and integrated decisions on geography, climate, ecology, flora, fauna, inhabitants, races, history, social customs, language, religion, origin story, powers/magic, legal system, currency, and technology. The class will read excerpts and watch clips of well-known fictional works which will provide strong examples of each of the elements. First semester, the develop their own perfectly polished, harmonious haven, Utopian Universes. Students, along with their instructor, will develop an in-class world as an example. Students will use the lessons and exercises reviewed in class to further develop their individual world project. Students will be expected to keep a notebook of decisions and details as they progress through designing the elements of their world. Students will have the option to purchase a discounted student subscription to World Anvil, a web-based subscription service which allows students to create maps, timelines, and other tools to organize their made-up world. Each student will be expected to make a PowerPoint presentation at the end of the semester which addresses each of the built-world elements. Topics in this Series: Utopian Universe (Semester 1), Underworlds (Semester 2). Prerequisites: Reading/writing at grade level. Workload: Students should expect to spend 2 hours per week outside of class. Assignments: Will be posted in a Google Classroom. Assessments: The instructor will assign points for a final semester presentation and completed "Creative Sparks" which are written responses to weekly prompts. Parents may use the student's earned points versus total possible points to calculate a grade for the class. Lab/Supply Fee: Included Credit: Homeschool families may wish to count this course as a component (partial) credit in language arts (creative writing) for purposes of a high school transcript.
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 10 | 10:00 am | 10:55 am | Thu | Write to the Point: Paragraphs and Articles | 7th-8th | Dr. Anneca Robinson | 0 | $325.00 |
Write to the Point is a writing class for 7th, 8th, and 9th grade students preparing for high school composition. The class builds the fundamentals of writing through weekly assignments across a variety of formats. First Semester focuses on learning to get to the point. Just as journalists work within column space and essayists work within word limits, students will learn to make their point and support it well within the boundaries of each assignment. Students will practice effective paragraph structure, including opening statements, a clear thesis, supporting details, and strong closing sentences. From there, they will build toward linking multiple paragraphs together. The class will review grammar, agreement, and tense. Students will also develop practical habits of revision, editing, and peer feedback. Students choose their own topics throughout the semester, which makes the writing more meaningful and class discussions more interesting. Part of each session is dedicated to sharing and reviewing writing completed at home through peer editing or collaborative Google Docs. Students should bring a laptop and charging cord each week. Topics in this series include Paragraphs and Articles (Semester 1) and Essays and Short Stories (Semester 2). There is a $25.00 supply fee dur payable to the instructor on/before the first day of class for class materials.
|
0 | ||
| Semester | Sep 08 | 11:00 am | 11:55 am | Tue | Writers @ Work (Sem1) | 7th-8th | Shannon McClain | 0 | $342.00 |
Writers @ Work is a fundamental writing class that will prepare seventh and eighth grade students for high school level composition. Writing is not only a critical skill for high school and beyond, it gives teens a voice! In this class, teens will gain confidence, increase writing fluency, and learn how to incorporate writing into schoolwork and hobbies. The objective of this class is for each student to progress and improve his/her own writing. This class does not have a fixed curriculum trying to achieve the same outcome and same skillset for each child, because each student comes to class with different writing experience and varying needs. Instead, through personalized feedback from the instructor and peer feedback exercises, student writers will improve their writing skills from where they started. Students will always be encouraged to write about what interests them, but prompts will also be offered. They will write for a few minutes in class each week and will be expected to write short assignments at home and submit their work to the instructor for feedback. Students will receive individual feedback to work on aspects of their writing such as organizing thoughts, defining a purpose and audience for the paper, formulating a topic sentence or main idea, developing supporting details, using correct sentence structure (for example, initial capitalization and end punctuation). The instructor will model the steps of the writing process: prewriting, drafting, revising, and editing. Writing tips will be introduced throughout the year pulling from both a "toolbox" of grammar rules (i.e. sentence structure, complex and compound sentences, independent and dependent clauses, parts of speech, agreement, tense, use of dialogue and quotation marks, correct use of punctuation) and stylistic techniques (i.e., using metaphors, adding details, and building tension). Examples and exercises will be presented from a variety of styles and genres. Writers @ Work is offered both semesters under the same class name, but students may take it each semester to continue to improve their writing skills.
|
0 |
